[evolution/wip/webkit2] Commit initial Catalan help translation
- From: Tomas Popela <tpopela src gnome org>
- To: commits-list gnome org
- Cc:
- Subject: [evolution/wip/webkit2] Commit initial Catalan help translation
- Date: Thu, 27 Nov 2014 17:06:24 +0000 (UTC)
commit 45e0eeeca639d5d8f15366acfdeed018fde72f12
Author: Jordi Mas <jmas softcatala org>
Date: Fri Nov 14 05:43:07 2014 +0100
Commit initial Catalan help translation
help/Makefile.am | 2 +-
help/ca/ca.po |11447 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
2 files changed, 11448 insertions(+), 1 deletions(-)
---
diff --git a/help/Makefile.am b/help/Makefile.am
index a0777a0..3acdb3d 100644
--- a/help/Makefile.am
+++ b/help/Makefile.am
@@ -238,6 +238,6 @@ HELP_FILES = \
xinclude-mail-account-identity.xml \
xinclude-searching.xml
-HELP_LINGUAS = cs de el en_GB es eu fr gl hu mk oc ru sl sv te zh_CN
+HELP_LINGUAS = ca cs de el en_GB es eu fr gl hu mk oc ru sl sv te zh_CN
-include $(top_srcdir)/git.mk
diff --git a/help/ca/ca.po b/help/ca/ca.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ed15da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/help/ca/ca.po
@@ -0,0 +1,11447 @@
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: evolution-help.master\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-11-13 19:25+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-14 05:21+0100\n"
+"Last-Translator: Jordi Mas i Hernàndez <jmas softcatala org> \n"
+"Language-Team: Catalan <tradgnome softcatala org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n"
+
+#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
+#
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "translator-credits"
+msgstr "Jordi Mas i Hernàndez <jmas softcatala org>, 2014"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/backup-restore.page:18
+msgid "Back up and restore your <app>Evolution</app> data and settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/backup-restore.page:22
+msgid "Back up and restore"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/backup-restore.page:24
+msgid ""
+"You can back up your <app>Evolution</app> data. The backup saves your "
+"settings, mail, contacts, tasks, memos and calendars. It will be stored in a "
+"gzip-compressed tar archive file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/backup-restore.page:29
+msgid "Backing up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-restore.page:33
+msgid ""
+"Select <guiseq><gui>File</gui> <gui>Back up Evolution Data…</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-restore.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Choose a filename and the folder where you want to save the backup file, and "
+"click <gui style=\"button\">Save</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-restore.page:41 C/backup-restore.page:69
+msgid ""
+"You will be asked to close <app>Evolution</app>. Answer with <gui style="
+"\"button\">Yes</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/backup-restore.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Note that your <link xref=\"mail-spam\">spam filtering</link> settings are "
+"not included in the backup file, as these settings are not controlled by "
+"<app>Evolution</app> and as developers of spam filtering tools might change "
+"implementation details. If you use Bogofilter you will need to back up the "
+"hidden folder <file>~/.bogofilter/</file>. If you use SpamAssassin you will "
+"need to back up the hidden folder <file>~/.spamassassin/</file>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/backup-restore.page:58 C/intro-first-run.page:39
+msgid "Restoring"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-restore.page:62
+msgid ""
+"Select <guiseq><gui>File</gui> <gui>Restore Evolution Data…</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/backup-restore.page:66
+msgid "Choose the file, and click <gui style=\"button\">Open</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/backup-restore.page:75
+msgid ""
+"In the <link xref=\"intro-first-run\">first-run assistant</link>, you can "
+"restore <app>Evolution</app> data from a backup file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:23
+msgid "Setting up reminder notifications for appointments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:26
+msgid "Reminders for appointments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:29
+#
+msgid "General Settings"
+msgstr "Paràmetres generals"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui> <gui>Calendar and Tasks</"
+"gui><gui>Reminders</gui></guiseq> you can select those calendars for which "
+"you want to receive reminder notifications. If you do not select a calendar, "
+"you will not receive reminders for any events in this calendar. You can also "
+"define whether to show a reminder for every appointment and for every "
+"birthday and anniversary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:40
+msgid ""
+"For general information on displaying reminders, please see <link xref="
+"\"help:gnome-help/shell-notifications\" href=\"https://help.gnome.org/users/";
+"gnome-help/stable/shell-notifications\"> the GNOME Desktop Help</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:50
+msgid "Manual Reminders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:52
+msgid ""
+"Apart from the general settings you can also set up reminders in the "
+"appointment editor for certain appointments only:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:57
+msgid ""
+"Click <guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Reminders</gui></guiseq> or press the "
+"Reminder button in the toolbar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:61
+msgid ""
+"From the dropdown menu, choose either one of the available default options "
+"when to show a notification reminder, or choose <gui>Customize</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:66
+msgid ""
+"In case of <gui>Customize</gui>, the reminder can be a popup, a sound "
+"played, or a program ran. You can also define whether the reminder should be "
+"repeated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/calendar-caldav.page:23
+msgid "Using an online CalDAV calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/calendar-caldav.page:26
+msgid "Using a CalDAV calendar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-caldav.page:28 C/calendar-google.page:29
+#: C/calendar-weather.page:24 C/calendar-webdav.page:23
+msgid ""
+"To add such a calendar to <app>Evolution</app>, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-caldav.page:32 C/calendar-google.page:34
+#: C/calendar-local.page:27 C/calendar-weather.page:29
+#: C/calendar-webdav.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Calendar</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-caldav.page:36
+msgid "Select the type <gui>CalDAV</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-caldav.page:39 C/calendar-google.page:40
+#: C/calendar-local.page:34 C/calendar-weather.page:36
+#: C/calendar-webdav.page:35 C/contacts-google.page:35 C/contacts-ldap.page:48
+#: C/contacts-local.page:34 C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:48
+#: C/tasks-caldav.page:26 C/tasks-local.page:26 C/tasks-webdav.page:28
+msgid "Enter a name that you prefer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-caldav.page:42 C/calendar-google.page:43
+#: C/calendar-local.page:37 C/calendar-weather.page:39
+#: C/calendar-webdav.page:38 C/tasks-caldav.page:27 C/tasks-local.page:27
+#: C/tasks-webdav.page:29
+msgid "Optionally choose a color that you prefer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-caldav.page:45 C/calendar-google.page:46
+#: C/calendar-weather.page:42 C/calendar-webdav.page:41
+#: C/contacts-google.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Choose if you want to be able to view the content also when being offline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-caldav.page:49 C/calendar-webdav.page:45
+#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:28 C/tasks-caldav.page:29
+#: C/tasks-webdav.page:31
+msgid "Enter the address in the <gui>URL</gui> field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-caldav.page:52 C/calendar-weather.page:49
+#: C/calendar-webdav.page:48 C/contacts-google.page:45
+#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:38 C/tasks-caldav.page:30
+#: C/tasks-webdav.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Choose <gui>Use secure connection</gui> if you want to connect securely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-caldav.page:56 C/tasks-caldav.page:31
+msgid "Enter your username and your email address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-caldav.page:59 C/calendar-google.page:55
+#: C/calendar-local.page:46 C/calendar-weather.page:56
+#: C/calendar-webdav.page:55 C/contacts-google.page:49 C/contacts-ldap.page:58
+#: C/contacts-local.page:37 C/tasks-caldav.page:32 C/tasks-local.page:28
+#: C/tasks-webdav.page:34
+#
+msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Apply</gui>."
+msgstr "Feu clic a <gui style=\"button\">Aplica</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-caldav.page:63 C/calendar-google.page:59
+#: C/calendar-local.page:50 C/calendar-weather.page:60
+#: C/calendar-webdav.page:59
+msgid ""
+"The calendar will be added to the list of calendars in <app>Evolution</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/calendar-classifications.page:23
+msgid "Classifying appointments and tasks on groupware servers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/calendar-classifications.page:26
+msgid "Using Classifications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-classifications.page:28
+msgid ""
+"If you are using a calendar on a Novell GroupWise or Microsoft Exchange "
+"server, you can select a classification to determine who can view it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-classifications.page:31
+msgid ""
+"To set a classification for an appointment or a task, click "
+"<guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Classifications</gui></guiseq> and select a "
+"classification in the editor. <gui>Public</gui> is the default category, and "
+"a public appointment can be viewed by anyone on the calendar-sharing "
+"network. <gui>Private</gui> denotes one level of security, and "
+"<gui>Confidential</gui> an even higher level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-classifications.page:38
+msgid ""
+"The different levels vary depending on your server settings; check with your "
+"system administrator or adjust your delegation settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:24
+msgid "Using the Free/Busy view on a groupware server to set up meetings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:29
+#
+msgid "Free/Busy information"
+msgstr "Informació lliure/ocupat"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:31
+msgid ""
+"You can use the Free/Busy search for meetings to determine the availability "
+"of invitees."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:34
+msgid ""
+"In addition to the standard meeting scheduling tools, you can use the Free/"
+"Busy view to check whether people are available in advance. The Free/Busy "
+"feature is normally a function of dedicated groupware servers such as "
+"Microsoft Exchange and Novell GroupWise. However, you can also publish Free/"
+"Busy information online, and access Free/Busy information published "
+"elsewhere. If not everyone you collaborate with publishes Free/Busy data, "
+"you can still use <link xref=\"calendar-meetings-sending-invitation"
+"\">meeting invitations</link> to coordinate schedules with other people."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:44
+msgid "To access the free/busy view:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:48 C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:44
+msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Meeting</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:52 C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:55
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui> to add the email addresses of people "
+"you want to invite."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Click the <gui>Free/Busy</gui> button on the toolbar, or click "
+"<guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Free/Busy</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Adjust the meeting time, either by dragging the meeting borders or by using "
+"the <gui>Autopick</gui> buttons to choose a time automatically, then click "
+"<gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Attendees on an Exchange server have the "
+"appointment updated automatically; others receive email notification of any "
+"change in plans."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:70
+msgid "Attendee List:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:71
+msgid ""
+"The Attendee List shows the people who have been invited to the appointment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:75
+msgid "Schedule Grid:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:76
+msgid ""
+"The Schedule Grid shows the published Free/Busy information for the people "
+"you have invited. This is where you compare schedules to find free time to "
+"schedule the appointment. Individuals have visible scheduling information "
+"only if they use the same Novell GroupWise or Microsoft Exchange server you "
+"do (that is, if they are in the same organization as you), or if they "
+"publish free/busy information at a web address (URL) that you can reach and "
+"you have entered that web address for the specific contact in the <link xref="
+"\"contacts-usage-edit-contact\">Contact Editor</link> under "
+"<guiseq><gui>Personal information</gui> <gui>Web Addresses</gui><gui>Free/"
+"Busy</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:90 C/calendar-publishing.page:43
+msgid ""
+"You can publish Calendar and Free/Busy information to a WebDAV server, FTP "
+"server, a remote machine through SSH or to any other web server with HTTP "
+"PUT support."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:94
+msgid ""
+"In corporate environments you can publish Calendar and Free/Busy information "
+"to an Exchange or Groupwise server. Note that you must use the top-level "
+"Exchange calendar if you want others to be able to access your Free / Busy "
+"information when inviting you to a meeting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:97
+msgid ""
+"The default server can be defined under <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
+"gui><gui>Preferences</gui> <gui>Calendar and Tasks</gui> <gui>Publishing "
+"Information</gui> <gui>Default Free/Busy Server</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:108
+msgid "Accessing Free/Busy Data Without a Groupware Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/calendar-free-busy.page:110
+msgid ""
+"If individuals give you a URL for Free/Busy data or for their web calendar, "
+"you can add the URL under <guiseq><gui>Personal Information</gui><gui>Web "
+"Addresses</gui></guiseq> in the <link xref=\"contacts-usage-edit-contact"
+"\">Contact Editor</link>. Then, when you schedule a meeting with them,"
+"<app>Evolution</app> looks up the schedule and displays it in the Free/Busy "
+"data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/calendar-google.page:24
+msgid "Using the online calendar of your Google account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/calendar-google.page:27
+msgid "Using a Google calendar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-google.page:37 C/contacts-google.page:32
+msgid "Select the type <gui>Google</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-google.page:49 C/contacts-google.page:42
+msgid "Enter your Google username."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-google.page:52
+msgid "If you have more than one Google calendar, define which of them to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:23
+msgid "Define the displaying of appointments in the calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:26
+msgid "Appearance of Appointments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:36
+msgid ""
+"The following calendar-related options are available under "
+"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui> <gui>Calendar and Tasks</"
+"gui><gui>Display</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:41
+#
+msgid "General"
+msgstr "General"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:45
+#
+msgid "Time Divisions:"
+msgstr "Divisions de temps:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Sets the time increments shown as fine lines on the daily view in the "
+"calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:50
+#
+msgid "Show appointment end times in week and month views:"
+msgstr ""
+"Mostra les hores de finalització de les cites en les visualitzacions "
+"setmanals i mensuals"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:51
+msgid ""
+"If there is space, <app>Evolution</app> shows the end times in the week and "
+"month views for each appointment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:55
+#
+msgid "Compress weekends in month view:"
+msgstr "Comprimeix els caps de setmana en la visualització mensual:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Select this option to display weekends in one box instead of two in the "
+"month view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:60
+#
+msgid "Show week numbers:"
+msgstr "Mostra els números de setmana:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:61
+msgid "Shows the week numbers next to the respective weeks in the calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:65
+msgid "Show recurring events in italic in bottom left calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:68
+msgid "Scroll Month View by a week"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:75
+#
+msgid "Date/Time Format"
+msgstr "Format de data/hora"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:77
+msgid ""
+"You can change the format of the <gui>Date</gui> column by setting your "
+"preferred format."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:80
+#: C/mail-change-time-format.page:21
+msgid ""
+"The placeholders in the format expression are strftime formats. For a "
+"complete list of available strftime formats, run <cmd>date --help</cmd> in "
+"the <app>Terminal</app> application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:27
+msgid "General formatting options for the calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:30
+msgid "General formatting options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:32
+msgid ""
+"The following options are available under <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
+"gui><gui>Preferences</gui> <gui>Calendar and Tasks</gui><gui>General</gui></"
+"guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:37
+#
+msgid "Time"
+msgstr "Temps"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:41
+#
+msgid "Time format:"
+msgstr "Format de l'hora:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:42
+msgid "Choose between twelve-hour (AM/PM) and twenty-four-hour time formats."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:46
+msgid "<link xref=\"calendar-timezones\">Time zone</link> and Second zone:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:47
+msgid "The city you are located in, and optionally a second city."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:53
+#
+msgid "Work Week"
+msgstr "Setmana laborable"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:57
+msgid "Week starts on:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:58
+msgid "Select the day to display as the first in each week."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:61
+#
+msgid "Work days:"
+msgstr "Dies laborables:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:62
+msgid "Define which week days are work days."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:65
+#
+msgid "Day begins:"
+msgstr "El dia comença a les:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:66
+msgid "Define at which time your work day begins."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:69
+#
+msgid "Day ends:"
+msgstr "El dia s'acaba a les:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:70
+msgid "Define at which time your work day ends."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:77
+#
+msgid "Alerts"
+msgstr "Avisos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:79
+msgid ""
+"If you want to be warned before you delete any appointment, select this "
+"option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/calendar-layout.page:17
+msgid "Adjusting the display and views of the calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/calendar-layout.page:20
+msgid "Changing the calendar layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:23
+msgid "Using date ranges (day, week, month) to look at the calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:26
+msgid "Available views"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:28
+msgid "<app>Evolution</app> offers five different views of your calendar data:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:33
+msgid "Day (<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Y</key></keyseq>)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:36
+msgid "Work Week (<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>J</key></keyseq>)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:39
+msgid "Week (<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>K</key></keyseq>)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:42
+msgid "Month (<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>M</key></keyseq>)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:45
+msgid "List (<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>L</key></keyseq>)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:49
+msgid ""
+"You can switch the view by either using the buttons in the toolbar, or by "
+"clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Current View</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:52
+msgid ""
+"You can also select an arbitrary range of days in the small calendar in the "
+"side bar. To do this, select the days that you want to view in your calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:56
+msgid ""
+"The Previous and Next buttons move you forward and back in your calendar "
+"pages. If you are using a week or month view, you can move by week or month. "
+"To return to today's listing, click the <gui>Select today</gui> button "
+"between the two arrow buttons in the toolbar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-layout-views.page:61
+msgid ""
+"To visit calendar entries for a specific date, click the <gui>Select a "
+"specific date</gui> button in the toolbar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/calendar-local.page:17
+msgid "Adding another local calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/calendar-local.page:20
+msgid "Adding another local calendar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-local.page:22
+msgid ""
+"To add another local calendar to <app>Evolution</app>, perform the following "
+"steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-local.page:31 C/contacts-local.page:31 C/tasks-local.page:25
+msgid "Select the type <gui>On This Computer</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-local.page:40
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to use an existing calendar file which is already located on "
+"your computer, you need to provide its location and whether <app>Evolution</"
+"app> should only read from the file or if <app>Evolution</app> can also add "
+"and alter items in that file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/calendar-marcus-bains-line.page:17
+msgid "The red \"Marcus Bains\" line displays the current time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/calendar-marcus-bains-line.page:20
+msgid "Time display in the Day view"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-marcus-bains-line.page:22
+msgid ""
+"The red Marcus Bains Line in the Day view of the calendar is a marker to "
+"show the current date and time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:22
+msgid "Ask somebody else to run the meeting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:25
+msgid "Delegating Meetings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Only attendees of a meeting can delegate a meeting, but not the organizer of "
+"a meeting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:32
+msgid "Right-click on the meeting that you want to delegate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:35
+msgid "Click <gui>Delegate Meeting</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:38
+msgid "Select the contacts you want to delegate the meeting to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:41 C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:43
+#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:34
+#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:69 C/mail-attachments-sending.page:32
+#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:45
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:35
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:40
+#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:34 C/mail-filters.page:50
+#: C/mail-filters.page:71 C/mail-search-folders-add.page:46
+#: C/using-categories.page:51 C/using-categories.page:53
+msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">OK</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:45
+msgid "Each contact receives a copy of the meeting invitation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/calendar-meetings.page:17
+msgid "Using meetings in the calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/calendar-meetings.page:20
+msgid "Meetings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:5
+msgid "Accepting and replying to a meeting invitation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:23
+msgid "Replying to a Meeting Request"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:24
+msgid ""
+"Meeting requests are sent as attachments and displayed as the body of an "
+"email. All the details about the event are shown, including time and dates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:25
+msgid ""
+"You can choose whether and how to reply to the invitation and add a personal "
+"comment to your reply. Available options are to <gui>Decline</gui>, "
+"Tentatively Accept (<gui>Tentative</gui>), or <gui>Accept</gui>. You can "
+"also decide whether the time of the meeting will still be shown as free in "
+"your calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:27
+msgid ""
+"If the meeting request already includes a <link xref=\"calendar-alarms-and-"
+"reminders\">reminder</link> you can import the reminder to your calendar by "
+"enabling <gui>Inherit reminder</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:29
+msgid ""
+"If you click <gui>Accept</gui> the event is added automatically to the "
+"calendar that you have chosen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:30
+msgid ""
+"After you have added the meeting to your calendar, you can make changes to "
+"the meeting, but if the original organizer sends out an update, your changes "
+"might be overwritten."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Calendar and Tasks</"
+"gui><gui>Meeting Invitations</gui><gui>Conflict Search</gui></guiseq> you "
+"can define which calendars are used for warning you of meeting conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:23
+msgid "Sending a Meeting Invitation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:26
+msgid "Sending a Meeting Invitation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:28
+msgid ""
+"When you create a meeting (group appointment), you can specify the attendees "
+"in several categories, such as \"chair\" or \"required\". When you save the "
+"meeting listing, each attendee is sent an email with the meeting "
+"information, which also gives them the option to respond."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:33
+msgid ""
+"If you do not need to collect attendance information when you're scheduling "
+"an event, and would rather just announce the event, right-click the meeting "
+"and select <gui>Forward as iCalendar</gui>. This opens a new email message "
+"with the event notification attached as an announcement. Recipients can add "
+"the event to their calendars with one click, but it will not automatically "
+"send you email about whether they plan to attend."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:40
+msgid "To schedule a meeting:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:48
+msgid ""
+"If you have multiple email accounts, select the one to use by selecting an "
+"item in the <gui>Organizer</gui> field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:52
+#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:36
+msgid "Select a calendar in the <gui>Calendar</gui> drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:59
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>View</gui> in the menu bar to show or hide the <gui>Type</gui>, "
+"<gui>Role</gui>, <gui>Status</gui>, and <gui>RSVP</gui> fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:64
+#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:39 C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:47
+msgid "Enter a brief summary in the <gui>Summary</gui> field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:67
+#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:42
+msgid "(Optional) Type a location in the <gui>Location</gui> field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:70
+#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:45
+msgid ""
+"To select this event as an all day event, click <guiseq><gui>Options</"
+"gui><gui>All Day Event</gui></guiseq>, or click the <gui>All Day Event</gui> "
+"button on the toolbar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:75
+#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:50
+#
+msgid "Select the date and time."
+msgstr "Seleccioneu la data i l'hora."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:78
+#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:53
+msgid ""
+"If the event is not an all day event, select either <gui>For</gui> to "
+"specify the duration, or select <gui>Until</gui> to specify the ending time "
+"of the event."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:83
+#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:58
+msgid "(Optional) Enter a description in the <gui>Description</gui> field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:87
+msgid ""
+"To query <link xref=\"calendar-free-busy\">free/busy</link> information for "
+"the attendees, click the <gui>Free/Busy</gui> button on the toolbar, or "
+"click <guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Free/Busy</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:92
+msgid "Click <gui>Save</gui> to save the meeting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:96
+msgid ""
+"An email is sent out to all the recipients, inviting them to your event."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:99
+#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:67
+msgid ""
+"You can also define a <link xref=\"calendar-timezones\">time zone</link>, a "
+"<link xref=\"using-categories\">category</link>, a <link xref=\"calendar-"
+"alarms-and-reminders\">reminder</link>, a <link xref=\"calendar-recurrence"
+"\">recurrence</link>, or a <link xref=\"calendar-classifications"
+"\">classification</link> for the event, or add an attachment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:107
+msgid ""
+"In <app>Evolution</app>, a meeting can have only one organizer, and only the "
+"organizer can add participants to that meeting. Though it is possible to "
+"change the organizer of a meeting, this is not recommended as a means to "
+"invite additional participants to meetings. If you want to invite additional "
+"people to a meeting and are not that meeting's organizer, it is recommended "
+"that you forward the invitation message you received from the original "
+"meeting organiser to additional participants."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/calendar-organizing.page:18
+msgid "On using several calendars, searching, and categories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/calendar-organizing.page:21
+msgid "Sorting and organizing calendars"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/calendar-publishing.page:25
+msgid "Post your calendar content in public."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/calendar-publishing.page:28
+#
+msgid "Calendar Publishing"
+msgstr "Publicació de calendaris"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-publishing.page:30
+msgid ""
+"In order to make one of your calendars available to the public, you can "
+"define calendars to be uploaded to a web server under <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
+"gui><gui>Preferences</gui> <gui>Calendar and Tasks</gui> <gui>Publishing "
+"Information</gui> <gui>Locations</gui><gui style=\"button\">Add</gui></"
+"guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-publishing.page:40
+msgid ""
+"You can specify the online location, the frequency of publishing, which "
+"calendar(s) to publish, and authentication information for uploading."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-publishing.page:47
+msgid ""
+"To immediately publish calendar information, click <guiseq><gui>Actions</"
+"gui><gui>Publish Calendar Information</gui></guiseq> in the calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/calendar-recurrence.page:23
+msgid "Repeating appointments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/calendar-recurrence.page:26
+msgid "Using Recurrence"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-recurrence.page:28
+msgid ""
+"If you have an appointment that takes place regularly, you can define its "
+"recurrence by clicking the <gui>Recurrence</gui> button in the "
+"<gui>Appointment Editor</gui> or by clicking <guiseq><gui>Options</"
+"gui><gui>Recurrence</gui></guiseq>. You can then choose a time and date when "
+"the appointment stops recurring, and, under <gui>Exceptions</gui>, pick "
+"individual days when the appointment does not recur. Make your selections "
+"from left to right, and you form a sentence: \"Every two weeks on Monday and "
+"Friday until January 3, 2015\" or \"Every month on the first Friday for 12 "
+"occurrences.\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/calendar-searching.page:27
+msgid "Searching appointments and meetings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/calendar-searching.page:30
+msgid "Searching for Calendar Items"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/calendar-searching.page:33 C/contacts-searching.page:43
+#: C/mail-searching.page:39 C/memos-searching.page:39
+#: C/tasks-searching.page:39
+#
+msgid "Quick Search"
+msgstr "Cerca ràpida"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/calendar-searching.page:35
+msgid ""
+"In the Calendar view, you can quickly search for appointments and meetings "
+"either by summary or by category."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/calendar-searching.page:38 C/memos-searching.page:41
+#: C/tasks-searching.page:41
+msgid "Searching by summary:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-searching.page:42 C/contacts-searching.page:50
+#: C/memos-searching.page:43 C/tasks-searching.page:43
+msgid "Click the search icon <_:media-1/> to expand the drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-searching.page:47 C/contacts-searching.page:55
+#: C/mail-searching.page:43 C/memos-searching.page:44
+#: C/tasks-searching.page:44
+msgid "Select the search condition from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-searching.page:50 C/contacts-searching.page:58
+#: C/mail-searching.page:47 C/memos-searching.page:45
+#: C/tasks-searching.page:45
+msgid "Enter the text you want to search for and press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-searching.page:53 C/calendar-searching.page:67
+#: C/contacts-searching.page:62 C/contacts-searching.page:76
+msgid "<app>Evolution</app> displays the search results."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/calendar-searching.page:57 C/contacts-searching.page:66
+#: C/memos-searching.page:48 C/tasks-searching.page:48
+msgid "Searching by category:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-searching.page:61 C/contacts-searching.page:70
+#: C/memos-searching.page:50 C/tasks-searching.page:50
+msgid "Click the <gui>Show</gui> drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-searching.page:64 C/contacts-searching.page:73
+#: C/memos-searching.page:51 C/tasks-searching.page:51
+msgid "Select the category from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/calendar-searching.page:71
+msgid ""
+"To go through the results you can use the two arrow buttons next to the "
+"search field. This searches in currently enabled calendars. It searches from "
+"the currently selected day in the given direction, in a range of 10 years by "
+"default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/calendar-searching.page:76 C/contacts-searching.page:80
+#: C/mail-searching.page:52 C/memos-searching.page:54
+#: C/tasks-searching.page:54
+msgid ""
+"If you want to set several search conditions, you should use an Advanced "
+"search, which is described below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/calendar-sharing-information.page:17
+msgid ""
+"Make your information (appointments and free/busy times) available to others."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/calendar-sharing-information.page:21
+msgid "Sharing your calendar information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/calendar-timezones.page:22
+msgid "Using time zones in the calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/calendar-timezones.page:25
+msgid "Using time zones"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-timezones.page:27
+msgid "<app>Evolution</app> supports using multiple time zones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/calendar-timezones.page:30
+msgid "Setting your global timezone(s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/calendar-timezones.page:32
+msgid ""
+"By default <app>Evolution</app> uses the system-wide time zone. This can be "
+"changed under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui> <gui>Calendar "
+"and Tasks</gui><gui>General</gui><gui>Time</gui> <gui>Time zone</gui></"
+"guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/calendar-timezones.page:37
+msgid ""
+"If you deal a lot with people in another specific time zone you can display "
+"that second time zone in the day view of the calendar. You can set a second "
+"time zone under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui> <gui>Calendar "
+"and Tasks</gui><gui>General</gui><gui>Time</gui> <gui>Second zone</gui></"
+"guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/calendar-timezones.page:46
+msgid "Setting a timezone for an appointment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/calendar-timezones.page:48
+msgid ""
+"You can also configure time zone information specific to each appointment. "
+"To do that, <link xref=\"calendar-usage\">add a new or edit an existing "
+"appointment</link> and click the globe button to customize the time zone "
+"that the time exists in. For example, if you live in New York but have a "
+"telephone meeting set for noon with someone in California, you need to make "
+"sure that your schedules are coordinated. Setting time zones on a per-"
+"appointment basis helps avoid that potential confusion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:17
+msgid "Adding an appointment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:20
+msgid "Adding an Appointment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:24
+msgid ""
+"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Appointment</gui></guiseq>, "
+"or double-click in a blank space in the calendar to open the Appointment "
+"dialog. The particular time on the calendar view against which you have "
+"double clicked on will be suggested for the new appointment. You can also "
+"directly write in the calendar and then adjust the duration by dragging it "
+"with the mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:33
+msgid "If you use the Appointment dialog:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:61
+msgid ""
+"To show the time as <link xref=\"calendar-free-busy\">busy</link> to others, "
+"click <guiseq><gui>Options</gui> <gui>Show Time as Busy</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/calendar-usage-delete-appointment.page:17
+msgid "Deleting an appointment in your calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/calendar-usage-delete-appointment.page:20
+msgid "Deleting an Appointment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-usage-delete-appointment.page:22
+msgid ""
+"If you want to delete an appointment in your calendars, right-click on the "
+"appointment in the calendar and select <gui>Delete Appointment</gui>, or "
+"click on the appointment and click <gui>Delete</gui> in the tool bar or "
+"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>D</key></keyseq>. If you are in the <link "
+"xref=\"calendar-layout-views\">list view</link> you can also use "
+"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Delete Appointment</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:17
+msgid "Editing in appointment in your calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:20
+msgid "Editing an Appointment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:22
+msgid ""
+"If you want to change an appointment that already exists in your calendars:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:27
+msgid "Double-click on the appointment that you want to edit in the calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Edit the appointment (see <link xref=\"calendar-usage-add-appointment"
+"\">Adding an Appointment</link> for the list of available options)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:36 C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:29
+#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:49 C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:27
+#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:29 C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Click the <gui style=\"button\">Save</gui> button, or <guiseq><gui>File</"
+"gui><gui>Save</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/calendar-usage.page:18
+msgid "On adding, editing, and deleting appointments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/calendar-usage.page:21
+msgid "Add, Edit, and Delete Appointments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:25
+msgid "Adding and using more than one calendar and different types."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:28
+msgid "Using several calendars"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:30
+msgid ""
+"You can have multiple calendars and overlay them one over the other. For "
+"example, you might have a schedule of events for work, one for home, and one "
+"for your favorite sports team. The side bar lists those calendars, and you "
+"can select or deselect the boxes next to them to show and hide the "
+"appointments in your calendar view. By hiding and showing different sets of "
+"appointments, you can be sure to avoid conflicts, while keeping a minimum of "
+"clutter in your view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:38
+msgid "Appointments for each calendar appear in different color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:40
+msgid ""
+"You can also use calendars that are not on your computer, such as on the "
+"internet or in a local network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:43
+msgid ""
+"For example, the <link href=\"http://icalshare.com\";>icalshare.com website</"
+"link> has an extensive list of shared online calendars, including national "
+"and religious holidays, phases of the moon, sports, and local and regional "
+"events."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/calendar-weather.page:17
+msgid "Display the weather in the calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/calendar-weather.page:20
+msgid "Using a weather calendar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/calendar-weather.page:22 C/calendar-webdav.page:21
+msgid "Calendars of this type are read-only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-weather.page:33
+msgid "Select the type <gui>Weather</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-weather.page:46
+msgid "Choose a location by selecting continent, country and city."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-weather.page:53
+msgid "Choose the temperature unit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/calendar-webdav.page:16
+msgid "Using an online Webcal/WebDAV calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/calendar-webdav.page:19
+msgid "Using a WebDAV calendar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-webdav.page:32 C/tasks-caldav.page:25 C/tasks-webdav.page:27
+msgid "Select the type <gui>On the Web</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/calendar-webdav.page:52 C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:35
+#: C/tasks-webdav.page:33
+msgid "Enter your username."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:20
+msgid "Changing the display of the window buttons in the lower left corner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:24
+msgid "Changing the Switcher appearance"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:26
+msgid ""
+"The display of the window buttons in the lower left corner (Mail, Contacts, "
+"Calendar, Tasks and Memos) can be changed via <guiseq><gui>View</"
+"gui><gui>Switcher Appearance</gui></guiseq>. This can be helpful if you have "
+"a small display. You can also completely hide them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:31
+msgid "The available options are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:35
+#
+msgid "Icons and Text"
+msgstr "Icones i text"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:38
+#
+msgid "Icons Only"
+msgstr "Només icones"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:41
+#
+msgid "Text Only"
+msgstr "Només text"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:44
+#
+msgid "Toolbar Style"
+msgstr "Estil de les barres d'eines"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/change-switcher-appearance.page:47
+#
+msgid "Show Buttons"
+msgstr "Mostra els botons"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:21
+msgid ""
+"Automatically add senders of mail that you have received to your contacts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:25
+msgid "Adding people automatically to my contacts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:27
+msgid ""
+"You can add people automatically to your contacts when you reply to received "
+"email. Enable the plugin <gui>Automatic Contacts</gui> by going to "
+"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Plugins</gui></guiseq>; click on <gui>Automatic "
+"Contacts</gui> so that it shows a check mark. Then go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
+"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Contacts</gui> <gui>Automatic Contacts</gui></"
+"guiseq> and enable the <gui>Create address book entries when sending emails</"
+"gui> option and select an address book in the drop-down field below that "
+"will receive the new contacts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:37
+msgid ""
+"From now on, contacts will be automatically created for senders of received "
+"mail when you reply to that mail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Autocompletion of names and email addresses entered in the mail composer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:30
+msgid "Autocompletion of mail recipients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:32
+msgid ""
+"You can enter the first three letters of names and email addresses in the "
+"recipients text field and <app>Evolution</app> will present you with a list "
+"of matches from your address books."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:36
+msgid ""
+"To enable autocompletion, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</"
+"gui><gui>Contacts</gui> <gui>Autocompletion</gui></guiseq> and choose the "
+"address books from the list that <app>Evolution</app> should look in for "
+"matches."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui>Always show address of the autocompleted contact</gui> to also "
+"show the email address along with the name. This can be helpful to "
+"distinguish if a contact has several email addresses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Alternately, you can click the <gui>To:</gui>, <gui>Cc:</gui>, or <gui>Bcc:</"
+"gui> buttons to get a list of the email addresses in your contacts. Select "
+"addresses and click the arrow buttons to move them into the appropriate "
+"address columns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-google.page:18
+msgid "Use the online address book of your Google account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-google.page:21
+msgid "Using a Google addressbook"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-google.page:23
+msgid ""
+"To add such an address book to <app>Evolution</app>, perform the following "
+"steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-google.page:28 C/contacts-ldap.page:40 C/contacts-local.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui> <gui>Address Book</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-google.page:53 C/contacts-local.page:41
+msgid ""
+"The address book will be added to the list of address books in "
+"<app>Evolution</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-ldap.page:25
+msgid "Use shared address books on a local network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-ldap.page:28
+msgid "Adding LDAP access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-ldap.page:30
+msgid ""
+"The LDAP protocol was created to let users share contact information over a "
+"network by sharing access to a central directory. LDAP allows a company to "
+"maintain a shared set of contact information. Many companies keep a common "
+"LDAP address book for all their employees or for client contacts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/contacts-ldap.page:36
+msgid "Adding an LDAP address book"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-ldap.page:44
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>General</gui> tab, select the type <gui>On LDAP Servers</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-ldap.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Enter the address of the server, the port number (the default number is 389) "
+"and whether you want to connect securely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-ldap.page:55
+msgid "Define the login method and your username."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-ldap.page:61
+msgid "In the <gui>Details</gui> tab you can define the following settings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-ldap.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Search Base: The search base is the starting point for a directory search. "
+"Contact your system administrator for information about the correct settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-ldap.page:70
+msgid ""
+"Search Scope: The search scope is the breadth of a given search. The "
+"following options are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-ldap.page:74
+msgid "One: Searches the Search Base and one entry below it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-ldap.page:77
+msgid "Sub: Searches the Search Base and all entries below it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-ldap.page:82
+msgid ""
+"Search Filter: The search filter can be set here for all the LDAP queries. "
+"For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-ldap.page:86
+msgid "<code>ObjectClass=*</code>: Lists all the objects from the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-ldap.page:90
+msgid "<code>ObjectClass=User</code>: Lists only the users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-ldap.page:93
+msgid ""
+"<code>Filter (|(ObjectClass=User)(ObjectClass=groupOfNames))</code>: "
+"Retrieves the User and Contact List objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-ldap.page:97
+msgid ""
+"<code>(&(mail=*)(ObjectClass=*))</code>: Lists the objects associated "
+"with the email addresses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-ldap.page:103
+msgid ""
+"Timeout (minutes): The maximum time <app>Evolution</app> attempts to "
+"download data from the server before giving up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-ldap.page:107
+msgid ""
+"Download Limit: The maximum number of results for a given search. Most "
+"servers refuse to send more than 500 contacts, but you can set the number "
+"lower if you want to shorten downloads for very broad searches."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/contacts-ldap.page:117
+msgid "If you are unsure about some settings, ask your system administrator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/contacts-ldap.page:124
+msgid "Differences to local address books"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/contacts-ldap.page:126
+msgid ""
+"LDAP address books work like local address books on your computer, with the "
+"following exceptions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-ldap.page:131
+msgid ""
+"Network folders are only available when you are connected to the network. If "
+"you use a laptop or have a modem connection, you might want to copy or cache "
+"some of the network directory. You do this by dragging and dropping your "
+"desired contacts into the local address books."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-ldap.page:137
+msgid ""
+"You can also mark the network folder for offline usage. To mark the folder, "
+"right-click the folder, click Properties and select Copy Folder Content "
+"Locally for Offline Operation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-ldap.page:142
+msgid ""
+"To prevent excess network traffic, <app>Evolution</app> does not normally "
+"load data from the LDAP server upon opening."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-ldap.page:146
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your server settings, you might not be able to edit all the "
+"fields in a contact stored on an LDAP server. Some servers prohibit some or "
+"all changes, and others use a smaller set of fields than <app>Evolution</"
+"app> allows. Check with your system administrator if you need different "
+"settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:17
+msgid ""
+"Using data from <app>Evolution</app> address books in LibreOffice documents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:21
+msgid "Contacts in LibreOffice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:23
+msgid ""
+"You can use your <app>Evolution</app> address books in LibreOffice as a data "
+"source. The following steps refer to LibreOffice version 3.3.3."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Exchange Database…</gui></guiseq> in the "
+"menu bar. This will bring up the <gui>Exchange databases</gui> dialog box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:33
+msgid ""
+"In the right pane under <gui>Available Databases</gui>, <gui>EvolutionLocal</"
+"gui> is available as a source. Click on the small triangle to get the list "
+"of your <app>Evolution</app> address books."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:38
+msgid "Choose an addressbook and click <gui style=\"button\">Define</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:41
+msgid ""
+"In case it is not listed already, click <gui style=\"button\">Browse…</gui>. "
+"A file chooser dialog opens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:45
+msgid ""
+"As <app>Evolution</app> stores its data in a hidden directory, press "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>L</key></keyseq> to get the location bar "
+"displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Go to <file>~/.local/share/evolution/addressbook/system/addressbook.db</"
+"file> and click <gui style=\"button\">Open</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:56
+msgid ""
+"This makes the <app>Evolution</app> address book the default data source for "
+"LibreOffice. You can now select a field to insert into a LibreOffice "
+"document via <guiseq><gui>Insert</gui><gui>Fields</gui><gui>Other</gui></"
+"guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-local.page:17
+msgid "Adding another local address book."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-local.page:20
+msgid "Adding another local address book"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-local.page:22
+msgid ""
+"To add another local address book to <app>Evolution</app>, perform the "
+"following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-organizing.page:18
+msgid "On address books, searching, contact lists, and categories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-organizing.page:21
+msgid "Sorting, organizing and grouping contacts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-organizing.page:23
+msgid ""
+"There are several ways how to organize your contacts. You can use several "
+"addressbooks and categories, and for conveniently sending messages to a "
+"group of people contact lists are available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-searching.page:25
+msgid "Searching contacts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-searching.page:28
+msgid "Searching Contacts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/contacts-searching.page:31
+msgid "Searching in a Single Contact"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/contacts-searching.page:33
+msgid ""
+"To find text in the displayed contact, select <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
+"gui><gui>Find in Contact…</gui></guiseq> from the main menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/contacts-searching.page:40
+msgid "Searching Across Contacts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/contacts-searching.page:44
+msgid ""
+"In the Contacts view, you can quickly search for contacts either by category "
+"or by contact's info."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/contacts-searching.page:46
+msgid "Searching by contact's info:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:17
+msgid "Adding a contact to your address book."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:20
+msgid "Adding a Contact"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:24
+msgid ""
+"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Contact</gui></guiseq>, or "
+"right-click in a blank space in the list of contacts and click <gui>New "
+"Contact…</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</"
+"key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:31 C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Select the address book under <gui>Where:</gui> to which it will be added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:35
+msgid "Enter the contact information. Note that there are several tabs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:38
+msgid ""
+"You can add a photograph to the contact by clicking the large field (showing "
+"a stylized person) next to <gui>Full Name</gui> and <gui>Categories</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:48
+msgid "Contact Quick-Add from the Email Window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:50
+msgid "You can also add a contact directly from an email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:54
+msgid "Right-click on the email address in the message header."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:57
+msgid "Select <gui>Add to Address Book…</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Either press <gui style=\"button\">Edit Full</gui> to bring up the full "
+"<gui>Contact Editor</gui>, or click <gui style=\"button\">OK</gui> to "
+"directly add the contact to the chosen address book."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-usage-delete-contact.page:17
+msgid "Deleting a contact from your address book."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-usage-delete-contact.page:20
+msgid "Deleting a Contact"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-usage-delete-contact.page:22
+msgid ""
+"If you want to delete a contact in your address books, right-click on the "
+"contact and select <gui>Delete</gui>, or click on the contact and click "
+"<gui>Delete</gui> in the tool bar or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>D</"
+"key></keyseq>, or click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Delete Contact</gui></"
+"guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:17
+msgid "Editing a contact in your address book."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:20
+msgid "Editing a Contact"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:22
+msgid ""
+"If you want to change a contact that already exists in your address books,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Double-click on the contact that you want to edit in the list of contacts, "
+"or select the contact and press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:31
+#
+msgid "Edit the contact information."
+msgstr "Edita la informació del contacte."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-usage.page:17
+msgid "On adding, editing, and deleting contacts in address books."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-usage.page:20
+msgid "Add, Edit, and Delete Contacts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:23
+msgid "Using contact lists for grouping contacts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:26
+msgid "Using Contact Lists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:28
+msgid ""
+"A contact list is a set of contacts with a single nickname that you create. "
+"When you send mail to this nickname it is actually sent to every member of "
+"the list. This differs from a \"real\" mailing list in that it exists only "
+"on your computer as a convenience to you, rather than as an actual email "
+"address managed by a mailing list application on a server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:34
+msgid ""
+"For example, you could create one contact for each family member, then add "
+"those contacts to a contact list called \"Family\". Then, instead of "
+"entering each person's email address individually, you can send emails to "
+"\"Family\" and the messages would go to all of them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:40
+msgid "Creating a contact list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui> <gui>Contact List</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:55
+msgid ""
+"Specify the list members by either entering the names or email addresses of "
+"contacts (the text field supports autocompletion), or by dragging contacts "
+"from the Contacts window into the list, or by using the <gui style=\"button"
+"\">Select…</gui> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Choose whether you want to hide the email addresses when you send a message "
+"to the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:62
+msgid ""
+"Unless it is a very small list, it is recommended that you leave the "
+"addresses hidden. This is the same thing as using the “Bcc:” feature "
+"discussed in <link xref=\"mail-composer-several-recipients\">Sending a "
+"message to several recipients</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:73
+msgid ""
+"The contact list will be added to the chosen address book in <app>Evolution</"
+"app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:79
+msgid "Sending messages to a contact list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:81
+msgid ""
+"To send a message to the contact list, enter the name that you chose for the "
+"contact list as the recipient in the mail composer. You can also right-click "
+"the contact list in your address book and select <gui>Send Message to List</"
+"gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page:17
+msgid ""
+"Adding different types of address books and using more than one address book."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page:21
+msgid "Adding and creating address books"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page:23
+msgid ""
+"You can have multiple address books. For example, you might have one address "
+"book for work related contacts and one for private contacts. The side bar "
+"lists those address books, and you can select which address book is shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page:28
+msgid ""
+"You can also use address books that are not on your computer, such as on the "
+"internet (e.g. Google) or in a local network (e.g. LDAP)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/credits.page:5
+msgid "Credits and Acknowledgment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/credits.page:20
+msgid "Credits and Acknowledgment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/credits.page:23
+msgid "Authors of the <app>Evolution</app> User Documentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/credits.page:25 C/credits.page:55
+msgid "André Klapper"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/credits.page:28
+msgid "April Gonzalez"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/credits.page:31
+msgid "Barbara M. Tobias"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/credits.page:34
+#
+msgid "Phil Bull"
+msgstr "Phil Bull"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/credits.page:41
+msgid "Translators of the <app>Evolution</app> User Documentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: This is shown in the 'Translators of the User
+#. Documentation' section. Please REPLACE this string by adding your own
+#. names here so you get some well-deserved fame on the interwebs! Do NOT
+#. use '\n' for linebreaks or square brakets for potential email addresses
+#. here as this will not work. Thanks for all your hard work! andre
+#: C/credits.page:43
+msgid "(Not applicable to the English version)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/credits.page:47
+msgid "Authors of the previous version"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/credits.page:89
+#
+msgid "Contact information"
+msgstr "Informació del contacte"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/credits.page:90
+#
+msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project:"
+msgstr "Projecte de documentació del GNOME:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/credits.page:92
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/DocumentationProject\";>Website</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/credits.page:95
+msgid ""
+"<link href=\"https://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-doc-list";
+"\">Mailing list</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/data-storage.page:5
+msgid "Where does Evolution store my data on the harddisk?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/data-storage.page:20
+msgid "Data storage locations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/data-storage.page:23
+msgid "This is only interesting for advanced users who want to debug problems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/data-storage.page:26
+msgid ""
+"Evolution 3.6 and later stores its data according to the <link href=\"http://";
+"www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/basedir-spec\">XDG Base Directory "
+"Specification</link>. By default this means:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/data-storage.page:30
+msgid "The user's data files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/data-storage.page:31
+msgid "<file>$HOME/.local/share/evolution</file>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/data-storage.page:34
+msgid "Various configuration and state files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/data-storage.page:35
+msgid "<file>$HOME/.config/evolution</file>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/data-storage.page:38
+#
+msgid "Account settings"
+msgstr "Paràmetres del compte"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/data-storage.page:39
+msgid "<file>$HOME/.config/evolution/sources</file>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/data-storage.page:42
+msgid "Disposable data caches"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/data-storage.page:43
+msgid "<file>$HOME/.cache/evolution</file>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/data-storage.page:46
+msgid "Configuration settings in GSettings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/data-storage.page:47
+msgid "<file>$HOME/.config/dconf</file>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/default-browser.page:7
+msgid ""
+"Opening links from an email in a browser and opening the mail composer from "
+"an email link on a website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/default-browser.page:22
+msgid "Opening links in and from the web browser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/default-browser.page:27
+msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/default-browser.page:31
+msgid "In case you use Evolution under a different environment from GNOME,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/default-browser.page:34
+msgid "Open a terminal application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/default-browser.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Find out the name of the <cmd>.desktop</cmd> file for your preferred "
+"browser. Depending on your browser and distribution, the file might be "
+"called for example <cmd>epiphany.desktop</cmd>, <cmd>firefox.desktop</cmd>, "
+"<cmd>google-chrome.desktop</cmd>, <cmd>konqbrowser.desktop</cmd>, or "
+"<cmd>opera-browser.desktop</cmd>. If you are unsure you can look up most "
+"<cmd>.desktop</cmd> files in the folder <cmd>/usr/share/applications/</cmd>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/default-browser.page:40 C/default-browser.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Type this command, replace <cmd>browser.desktop</cmd> by the actual "
+"filename, and press <key>Enter</key>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/default-browser.page:52
+msgid "Evolution may need to be restarted for the settings to take effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/default-browser.page:56
+msgid ""
+"If the error message \"xdg-settings: command not found\" is shown, you need "
+"to install the package <sys>xdg-utils</sys>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/default-browser.page:59
+msgid ""
+"<link action=\"install:xdg-utils\" style=\"button\">Install xdg-utils</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: choose/p
+#: C/default-browser.page:64
+msgid ""
+"Please see <link xref=\"help:gnome-help/net-default-browser\" href=\"https://";
+"help.gnome.org/users/gnome-help/stable/net-default-browser\">the GNOME "
+"Desktop Help</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: choose/p
+#: C/default-browser.page:66
+msgid ""
+"If the preferred browser is set as default application but still does not "
+"work correctly please contact your distribution via their forum or bug "
+"tracker."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/default-browser.page:69
+msgid ""
+"If the error message \"Could not open the link: Operation not supported\" is "
+"shown, you need to install the package <sys>gvfs</sys>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/default-browser.page:72
+msgid ""
+"<link action=\"install:gvfs\" href=\"http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/";
+"gvfs/\" style=\"button\">Install gvfs</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/default-browser.page:81
+msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/default-browser.page:83
+msgid ""
+"Please see <link xref=\"help:gnome-help/net-default-email\" href=\"https://";
+"help.gnome.org/users/gnome-help/stable/net-default-email\">the GNOME Desktop "
+"Help</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/default-browser.page:88
+#
+msgid "Advanced options"
+msgstr "Opcions avançades"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/default-browser.page:89
+msgid ""
+"If you have a technical background you can also tweak these settings by "
+"defining scheme-handlers in <file>$HOME/.local/share/applications/mimeapps."
+"list</file>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/deleting-appointments.page:5
+msgid "Deleting calendar entries to reduce the size of the mailbox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/deleting-appointments.page:20
+msgid "Deleting old appointments permanently"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/deleting-appointments.page:22
+msgid ""
+"To Purge old entries in a calendar, go to <guiseq><gui>Actions</"
+"gui><gui>Purge</gui></guiseq> in the Calendar view. You will be asked how "
+"many days old the events to remove from the calendar should be. The action "
+"will be applied to the currently opened calendar (selected in the list of "
+"calendars on the left); other calendars remain unchanged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/deleting-emails.page:5
+msgid "Deleting emails or attachments to reduce the size of the mailbox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/deleting-emails.page:26
+msgid "Deleting emails or attachments permanently"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/deleting-emails.page:29 C/import-supported-file-formats.page:28
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:35
+#
+msgid "Mail"
+msgstr "Correu"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/deleting-emails.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Evolution deletes emails on IMAP servers by <em>marking</em> the messages "
+"for deletion; space is not freed until you <em>expunge</em> the marked "
+"emails."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/deleting-emails.page:32
+msgid ""
+"To Expunge a specific folder, go to <guiseq><gui>Folder</gui><gui>Expunge</"
+"gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>E</key></keyseq>. To "
+"Expunge all folders, go to <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Empty Trash</gui></"
+"guiseq>. This applies to other types of accounts as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/deleting-emails.page:36
+#
+msgid "Attachments"
+msgstr "Adjuncions"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/deleting-emails.page:37
+msgid ""
+"To delete the attachments of an email, select the message and click "
+"<guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Remove Attachments</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/deleting-to-free-disk-space.page:5
+msgid ""
+"Deleting emails and calendar entries to reduce the size of the files used by "
+"Evolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/deleting-to-free-disk-space.page:20
+msgid "Freeing disk space by deleting items"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:7
+msgid ""
+"Which additional package to install in order to connect to an Exchange "
+"server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:22
+msgid "Choosing the right connector"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:24
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the version of the Microsoft Exchange server that you would "
+"like to connect to it is required to make sure that an additional package is "
+"installed that provides this functionality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:26
+msgid ""
+"For Microsoft Exchange 2007, 2010 and newer it is recommended to use the "
+"package <sys>evolution-ews</sys>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:30 C/intro-first-run.page:108
+msgid ""
+"<link action=\"install:evolution-ews\" href=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/";
+"Evolution#Get_the_Source_Code\" style=\"button\">Install evolution-ews</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:36
+msgid ""
+"For older versions of Microsoft Exchange, or if <sys>evolution-ews</sys> "
+"does not work well for you, try <sys>evolution-mapi</sys>. It uses "
+"Microsoft's Messaging API which is also used by Microsoft Outlook. However, "
+"<sys>evolution-mapi</sys> requires installing <sys>OpenChange</sys> and "
+"<sys>Samba 4</sys>, and is not as performant as <sys>evolution-ews</sys>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:41 C/intro-first-run.page:132
+msgid ""
+"<link action=\"install:evolution-mapi\" href=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/";
+"Evolution#Get_the_Source_Code\" style=\"button\">Install evolution-mapi</"
+"link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/exchange-connectors-overview.page:46
+msgid ""
+"If you are unsure which Microsoft Exchange server version is used, you may "
+"want to contact your system administrator for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/exchange-placeholder.page:5 C/exchange-placeholder.page:20
+msgid "Connecting to Exchange Servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/exchange-placeholder.page:22
+msgid ""
+"For topics not covered here please refer to the <link href=\"https://help.";
+"gnome.org/users/evolution/2.32/usage-exchange.html\">old Evolution manual</"
+"link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/exporting-data-calendar.page:5
+msgid "How to export calendar data from <app>Evolution</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/exporting-data-calendar.page:20
+msgid "Exporting calendar data"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/exporting-data-calendar.page:22
+msgid ""
+"To export a complete calendar, right-click on the calendar in the list of "
+"calendars and click <gui>Save as</gui>. Available formats are iCalendar "
+"format (ICS, recommended), comma separated values (CSV), and RDF format."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/exporting-data-calendar.page:23
+msgid ""
+"If you want to export only one appointment (or task or memo), either select "
+"the appointment and select <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Save as iCalendar…</"
+"gui></guiseq>, or right-click on the appointment and click <gui>Save as "
+"iCalendar…</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:5
+msgid "How to export contacts data from <app>Evolution</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:23
+msgid "Exporting contacts data"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:25
+msgid ""
+"Contacts files are stored in a database, but can be saved as a vCard file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:26
+msgid ""
+"To export a complete address book, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Save "
+"Address Book As vCard</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:27
+msgid ""
+"If you want to export only one contact, click <guiseq><gui>File</"
+"gui><gui>Save as vCard</gui></guiseq> or right-click on the contact and "
+"click <gui>Save as vCard</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/exporting-data-mail.page:5
+msgid "How to export mail data from <app>Evolution</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/exporting-data-mail.page:20
+msgid "Exporting mail data"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/exporting-data-mail.page:22
+msgid ""
+"To save an email to a file in <link href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mbox";
+"\">mbox</link> format, select an email and click <guiseq><gui>File</"
+"gui><gui>Save as mbox…</gui></guiseq> or right-click on the message and "
+"click <gui>Save as mbox…</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/exporting-data-mail.page:24
+msgid ""
+"The same steps apply to save a complete mail folder, but you have to mark "
+"all messages in it first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/exporting-data-mail.page:25 C/mail-filters.page:30
+msgid ""
+"You can select all messages in a folder by clicking <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
+"gui><gui>Select All</gui></guiseq> or pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+"key><key>A</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/exporting-data.page:5
+msgid "How to export data from <app>Evolution</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/exporting-data.page:20
+msgid "Exporting data from <em>Evolution</em>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/google-services.page:5
+msgid "Using Google services."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/google-services.page:18
+msgid "Using Google services"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:5
+msgid "Importing data from Mozilla Thunderbird."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:20
+#
+msgid "Mozilla"
+msgstr "Mozilla"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:25 C/import-apps-outlook.page:60
+#: C/import-single-files.page:24
+msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:26 C/import-apps-outlook.page:61
+#: C/import-single-files.page:25
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Importer Type</gui> tab, click <gui>Import a single file</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Go to the folder in which Thunderbird stores its data. On a Linux system, "
+"Thunderbird's files are located in the hidden folder <file>$HOME/."
+"thunderbird/12345678</file>. <file>12345678</file> will be a random string. "
+"If you cannot see the <file>.thunderbird</file> folder, make sure to <link "
+"xref=\"help:gnome-help/files-hidden#show-hidden\" href=\"https://help.gnome.";
+"org/users/gnome-help/stable/files-hidden#show-hidden\">show hidden files</"
+"link> in the file selector dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:30
+msgid ""
+"If you would like to import Thunderbird mail, go to <file>Mail/Local "
+"Folders</file> (for local mail accounts) or <file>ImapMail/servername</file> "
+"(for remote mail accounts). <file>servername</file> will be the address of "
+"your remote mail server. Files without a file ending include your messages "
+"(not the <file>.msf</file> files)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:31
+msgid ""
+"If you would like to import Thunderbird/Lightning calendar data, you may be "
+"able to export your Thunderbird events as an <file>.ical</file>/<file>.ics</"
+"file> file first, and import these files into Evolution. This is required as "
+"Thunderbird stores its calendar data in a non-standard database format."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:33 C/import-apps-outlook.page:62
+#: C/import-single-files.page:26
+msgid "The file type will be automatically determined."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Choose the destination (e.g. the folder or calendar in Evolution) for the "
+"imported data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:35 C/import-apps-outlook.page:66
+msgid "Repeat the import steps until you have imported all your data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:5
+msgid "Importing data from Microsoft Outlook."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:23
+#
+msgid "Outlook"
+msgstr "Outlook"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:26
+msgid ""
+"These steps refer to locally stored data such as POP accounts. For remote "
+"data (like IMAP) this is not necessary, since the data is still on the "
+"server and does not need to be manually transfered. You can set up the "
+"corresponding account in Evolution and the data will be downloaded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:29
+msgid "Prerequisites under Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:30
+msgid "First, while using Microsoft Windows, prepare your messages for import:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Find your Outlook files (they normally have the file ending <file>.pst</"
+"file> or <file>.ost</file>):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:35
+#
+msgid "Windows 7, Windows Vista"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:35
+#
+msgid "Windows XP"
+msgstr "Windows XP"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:38
+msgid "Outlook 2010"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:38
+msgid "<file>C:\\Users\\username\\My Documents\\Outlook Files</file>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:38
+msgid ""
+"<file>C:\\Documents and Settings\\username\\My Documents\\Outlook Files</"
+"file>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:41
+msgid "Outlook 2007 and earlier"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:41
+msgid "<file>C:\\Users\\username\\AppData\\Local\\Microsoft\\Outlook</file>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:41
+msgid ""
+"<file>C:\\Documents and Settings\\username\\AppData\\Local\\Microsoft"
+"\\Outlook</file>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:44
+msgid "(Replace \"username\" by your username.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Copy the Outlook files to the system or partition that Evolution is "
+"installed on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:48
+msgid ""
+"As your Windows hard drive is probably in the NTFS format, some Linux "
+"systems cannot read it without additional software. You might find it "
+"simpler to copy the mail folders to a USB drive or to burn a CD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:53
+msgid "Importing into Evolution"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:55
+msgid ""
+"Depending on your last step, either plug in the disk or USB drive with the "
+"data and wait until the file manager window opens, or mount your Windows "
+"drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:56
+msgid ""
+"Copy all the mail files into your home directory or another convenient place."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:57 C/mail-filters-not-working.page:48
+msgid "Start Evolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:58
+msgid ""
+"Optionally select <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Mail Folder</"
+"gui></guiseq> to create the <link xref=\"mail-folders\">folders</link> you "
+"want."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:62
+msgid ""
+"Choose the Outlook personal folders (.pst) file that you would like to "
+"import."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:63
+msgid ""
+"If the option to import Outlook personal folders (.pst files) is not "
+"available under <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Import</gui><gui>Import single "
+"file</gui><gui>File type</gui></guiseq>, your distribution might have not "
+"enabled this functionality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-apps-outlook.page:65 C/import-single-files.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Choose the destination (e.g. the folder in Evolution) for the imported data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/import-data.page:5
+msgid "Importing data from another application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/import-data.page:20
+msgid "Importing data from another application"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/import-data.page:23
+#
+msgid "Applications"
+msgstr "Aplicacions"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/import-single-files.page:5
+msgid "Importing single files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/import-single-files.page:20
+msgid "Importing single files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/import-single-files.page:22
+msgid "To import single files (mail, calendar data or contacts):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-single-files.page:26
+#
+msgid "Choose the file."
+msgstr "Trieu un fitxer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/import-single-files.page:30
+msgid ""
+"You can also import contacts that you have received as a vCard attachment of "
+"an email from its attachment menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:5
+msgid "Supported file formats for importing data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:23
+#
+msgid "Supported file formats"
+msgstr "Formats de fitxers compatibles"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:25
+msgid "Evolution can import the following types of files:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:30
+msgid "Berkeley Mailbox (.mbox or no extension):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:32
+msgid ""
+"The email format used by Mozilla, Netscape, Evolution (for local folders "
+"until version 2.32), Eudora, and many other email clients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:34
+msgid "Maildir (no extension):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:36
+msgid ""
+"The format used by Evolution (for local folders since version 3.0). There is "
+"no need to import Maildir files as you can <link xref=\"mail-account-manage-"
+"maildir-format-directories\">configure a Maildir account</link> in Evolution "
+"and point to the folder where the Maildir files are stored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:38
+#
+msgid "Outlook Express 5/6 Personal Folders (.dbx):"
+msgstr "Carpetes personals de l'Outlook Express 5/6 (.dbx)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:40
+msgid ""
+"The email file format used by Microsoft Outlook Express 5/6. For newer "
+"versions PST import is recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:46 C/intro-main-window.page:89
+#
+msgid "Calendar"
+msgstr "Calendari"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:48
+msgid "vCalendar (.vcs):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:50
+msgid ""
+"A format for storing calendar files, which is generally used by Evolution, "
+"Microsoft Outlook, Sunbird, and Korganizer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:52
+msgid "iCalendar or iCal (.ics):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:54
+msgid ""
+"A format for storing calendar files. iCalendar is used by Evolution, "
+"Microsoft Outlook, Palm OS handhelds, and others."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:60 C/intro-main-window.page:135
+#
+msgid "Contacts"
+msgstr "Contactes"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:62
+#
+msgid "LDAP Data Interchange Format (.ldif):"
+msgstr "Format d'intercanvi de dades LDAP (.ldif)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:64
+msgid "A standard data format for contact cards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:66
+#
+msgid "vCard (.vcf, .gcrd):"
+msgstr "vCard (.vcf, .gcrd)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:68
+msgid ""
+"The address book format used by the GNOME, KDE, and many other contact "
+"management applications. You should be able to export to vCard format from "
+"any address book application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:74
+#
+msgid "Miscellaneous"
+msgstr "Miscel·lània"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:76
+msgid "Evolution/Mozilla/Outlook CSV/Tab (.csv, .tab):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:78
+msgid ""
+"CSV (Comma-separated values) or Tabulator files saved by using Evolution, "
+"Microsoft Outlook and Mozilla."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:80
+#
+msgid "Outlook Personal Folders (.pst):"
+msgstr "Carpetes personals de l'Outlook (.pst)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:82
+msgid ""
+"A file format used to store local copies of messages, calendar events, and "
+"other items within Microsoft software such as Microsoft Exchange Client, "
+"Windows Messaging, and Microsoft Outlook. It is also called \"Personal "
+"Storage Table\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/index.page:5
+#
+msgid "Manage your email, contacts and schedule"
+msgstr "Gestioneu els correus electrònics, contactes i horaris"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/index.page:7
+#
+msgctxt "text"
+msgid "Evolution Mail and Calendar"
+msgstr "Correu i calendari de l'Evolution"
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/span
+#: C/index.page:25
+msgid "Evolution logo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/index.page:23
+msgid "<_:media-1/> Evolution Mail and Calendar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/index.page:31 C/intro-application.page:24
+#
+msgid "Getting Started"
+msgstr "Primers passos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/index.page:35
+msgid "Mail Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/index.page:37
+msgid "Advanced Mail Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/index.page:40
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Advanced Mail Management (IMAP+ accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/index.page:42 C/intro-first-run.page:54
+#
+msgid "IMAP+"
+msgstr "IMAP+"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/index.page:48
+msgid "Mail Composing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/index.page:50
+msgid "Advanced Mail Composing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/index.page:55
+#
+msgid "Calendar Management"
+msgstr "Gestió del calendari"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/index.page:57
+msgid "Advanced Calendar Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/index.page:62
+msgid "Contacts Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/index.page:66
+msgid "Memos and Tasks Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/index.page:70
+msgid "Data Migration and Synchronization"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/index.page:74
+msgid "Corporate Environments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/index.page:76
+#
+msgid "Microsoft Exchange"
+msgstr "Microsoft Exchange"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/index.page:81
+msgid "Tracking down Problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/index.page:85
+msgid "Common Mail Questions and Problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/index.page:89
+msgid "Common Other Questions and Problems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/index.page:93
+#
+msgid "Further reading"
+msgstr "Informació relacionada"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/intro-application.page:5
+msgid "An introduction to Evolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/intro-application.page:25
+msgid ""
+"Evolution allows you to access your personal information like your "
+"calendars, mail, address books and tasks in one place."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/intro-application.page:27
+msgid ""
+"By default Evolution opens the mail view. This is were you can view all your "
+"mail. You can change to other views of the application by going to the "
+"bottom of the left pane in the window (the so-called \"switcher\") and "
+"selecting the desired view. <link xref=\"intro-main-window\">Learn more "
+"about the elements of the main window.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/intro-application.page:29
+msgid ""
+"When Evolution starts, it remembers the last view that you used. However you "
+"can also explicitly start Evolution in a specific view. For the calendar "
+"view, use the command <cmd>evolution --component=calendar</cmd> in the "
+"<app>Terminal</app> application. Other available options are \"mail\", "
+"\"contacts\", \"tasks\", and \"memos\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:8
+msgid "Running Evolution for the very first time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:23
+msgid "Starting <app>Evolution</app> for the first time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:25
+msgid ""
+"The first time you run Evolution, it opens the First-Run Assistant to help "
+"you set up email accounts and <link xref=\"import-data\">import data from "
+"other applications.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:32
+#
+msgid "Restore from backup"
+msgstr "Recupera des de la còpia de seguretat"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:33
+msgid ""
+"You will be asked whether to restore from a backup of a previous version. If "
+"you do not have a backup, go to the next page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:37
+msgctxt "ui:collapsed"
+msgid "Show how to restore from a backup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:47 C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:23
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:23
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:26
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:23
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:23
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:23
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:30
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:23
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:23
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:26
+#
+msgid "Receiving Email"
+msgstr "Recepció de correu"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:48
+msgid ""
+"First, choose the server type from the <gui>Server Type</gui> drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:49
+msgid ""
+"If you are unsure about the type of server to choose, ask your system "
+"administrator or Internet Service Provider."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Later on, if you want to change an account, or if you want to create another "
+"one, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</"
+"gui></guiseq>. Select the account you want to change, then click <gui style="
+"\"button\">Edit</gui>. Alternately, add a new account by clicking <gui style="
+"\"button\">Add</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:55
+msgid ""
+"Keeps the mail on the server so you can access your mail from multiple "
+"systems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:59 C/intro-first-run.page:75
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:91 C/intro-first-run.page:115
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:139 C/intro-first-run.page:155
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:171 C/intro-first-run.page:187
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:203 C/intro-first-run.page:219
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:246
+msgctxt "ui:collapsed"
+msgid "Show how to configure this account type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:61 C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:23
+msgid "IMAP+ receiving options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:70
+#
+msgid "POP"
+msgstr "POP"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:71
+msgid "Downloads your email to your hard disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:77 C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:27
+msgid "POP receiving options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:86
+#
+msgid "USENET News"
+msgstr "Notícies USENET"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:87
+msgid ""
+"Connects to a news server and downloads a list of available news digests."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:93 C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:23
+msgid "Usenet news receiving options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:102
+msgid "Exchange EWS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:103
+msgid ""
+"For connecting to a Microsoft Exchange 2007/2010 or OpenChange server. Note "
+"that this is currently under development and will replace the <gui>Exchange "
+"MAPI</gui> account type in the future. It might not be available yet for "
+"your distribution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:105
+msgid "This requires having the <sys>evolution-ews</sys> package installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:117 C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:20
+msgid "Exchange Web Services receiving options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:126
+msgid "Exchange MAPI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:127
+msgid "For connecting to a Microsoft Exchange 2007/2010 or OpenChange server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:129
+msgid "This requires having the <sys>evolution-mapi</sys> package installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:141 C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:20
+msgid "Exchange MAPI receiving options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:150
+#
+msgid "Local delivery"
+msgstr "Lliurament local"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:151
+msgid ""
+"Local delivery: If you want to move email from the spool (the location where "
+"mail waits for delivery) and store it in your home directory. You need to "
+"provide the path to the mail spool you want to use. If you want to leave "
+"email in your system's spool files, choose the <gui>Standard Unix Mbox "
+"Spool</gui> option instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:157 C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:20
+msgid "Local delivery receiving options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:166
+#
+msgid "MH-Format Mail Directories"
+msgstr "Directoris de correu en format MH"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:167
+msgid "For downloading email using MH or another MH-style application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:173
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:20
+msgid "MH-format mail directories receiving options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:182
+#
+msgid "Maildir-Format Mail Directories"
+msgstr "Directoris de correu en format maildir"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:183
+msgid ""
+"Maildir-Format Mail Directories: For downloading your email using Qmail or "
+"another Maildir-style application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:189
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:20
+msgid "Maildir-format mail directories receiving options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:198
+#
+msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool file"
+msgstr "Fitxer mbox estàndard per a cues de correu de l'Unix"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:199
+msgid ""
+"Standard Unix mbox spool file: For reading and storing email in the mail "
+"spool file on your local system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:205
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:20
+msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool file receiving options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:214
+#
+msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool directory"
+msgstr "Directori mbox estàndard per a cues de correu de l'Unix"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:215
+msgid ""
+"Standard Unix mbox spool directory: For reading and storing email in the "
+"mail spool directory on your local system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:221
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:20
+msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool directory receiving options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:230
+#
+msgid "None"
+msgstr "Cap"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:231
+msgid "If you do not plan to use Evolution for receiving email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:237 C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:32
+#
+msgid "Sending mail"
+msgstr "Enviant el correu"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:238
+msgid "Available server types are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:241
+#
+msgid "SMTP"
+msgstr "SMTP"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:242
+msgid ""
+"Sends mail using an outbound mail server. This is the most common choice for "
+"sending mail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:248 C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:26
+msgid "SMTP sending options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:257
+#
+msgid "Sendmail"
+msgstr "Sendmail"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:258
+msgid ""
+"Uses the <app>Sendmail</app> application to send mail from your system. It "
+"is not easy to configure, so you should select this option only if you know "
+"how to set up a Sendmail service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:264
+#
+msgid "Account Information"
+msgstr "Informació de compte"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:265
+msgid "Give the account any name you prefer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:269
+msgid "Importing Mail (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/intro-first-run.page:270
+msgid ""
+"Continue with <link xref=\"import-data\">Importing data from another "
+"application</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:37
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='./figures/window-overview-layers.png' "
+"md5='3156497ff1c51756838f9ddfbce9baee'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:5
+msgid "An explanation of the areas shown in the Evolution window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:29
+msgid "The <app>Evolution</app> main window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Evolution provides functionality for Email, Calendar, Contacts, Tasks, and "
+"Memos. You can switch to another functionality by using the \"Switcher\" "
+"buttons in the lower left corner. Depending on the displayed functionality "
+"also the displayed elements in the window differ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:38
+msgid "The Evolution mail main window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:41
+msgid "Corresponding elements in the mail main window:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:44 C/intro-main-window.page:93
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:139
+msgid "<_:media-1/> Menu bar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:47 C/intro-main-window.page:96
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:142
+msgid "<_:media-1/> Tool bar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:50
+msgid "<_:media-1/> Folder list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:51 C/intro-main-window.page:100
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:146
+msgid "<_:media-1/> Search bar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:54
+msgid "<_:media-1/> Message list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:57 C/intro-main-window.page:111
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:152
+msgid "<_:media-1/> Switcher"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:58
+msgid "<_:media-1/> Preview pane"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:61 C/intro-main-window.page:114
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:156
+msgid "<_:media-1/> Status bar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:67
+#
+msgid "Folder list"
+msgstr "Llista de carpetes"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:68
+msgid ""
+"The folder list gives you a list of the available folders for each account. "
+"To see the contents of a folder, click the folder name and its contents are "
+"displayed in the message list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:69
+msgid ""
+"For more information see <link xref=\"mail-folders\">Using Folders</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:72
+msgid "Message List"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:73
+msgid ""
+"The message list displays all the read and unread messages that you have in "
+"the chosen folder. To view an email in the preview pane, click the message "
+"in the message list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:76
+#
+msgid "Switcher"
+msgstr "Commutador"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:77
+msgid ""
+"The switcher at the bottom of the side bar lets you switch between the "
+"Evolution tools: Mail, Contacts, Calendars, Memos and Tasks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:77
+msgid ""
+"For more information see <link xref=\"change-switcher-appearance\">Changing "
+"the Switcher appearance</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:78
+msgid ""
+"You can disable the folder list and the switcher side bar by toggling "
+"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Layout</gui><gui>Show Side Bar</gui></guiseq> or "
+"pressing <key>F9</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:81
+msgid "Preview Pane"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:82
+msgid ""
+"The preview pane displays the message that is currently chosen in the "
+"message list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:83
+msgid ""
+"You can disable the preview pane by toggling <guiseq><gui>View</"
+"gui><gui>Preview</gui><gui>Show Message Preview</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:90
+msgid "Elements in the calendar main window:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:99
+msgid "<_:media-1/> Calendar list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:103
+msgid "<_:media-1/> Appointment list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:104
+#
+msgid "Task list"
+msgstr "Llista de tasques"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:107
+msgid "Month pane"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:108
+msgid "Memo list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:119
+msgid "Appointment List"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:120
+msgid ""
+"The appointment list displays all your scheduled appointments in the time "
+"frame selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:123
+msgid "Month Pane"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:124
+msgid ""
+"The month pane is a small view of a calendar month. To display additional "
+"months, drag the column border to the right. You can also select a range of "
+"days in the month pane to display a custom range of days in the appointment "
+"list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:127
+msgid "Task list and Memo list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:128
+msgid ""
+"Tasks and memos are just displayed for your convience and are not associated "
+"to any appointments. Use the <gui>switcher</gui> to go to their main windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:136
+msgid "Elements in the contacts main window:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:145
+msgid "<_:media-1/> Address book list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:149
+msgid "<_:media-1/> Contacts list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:153
+msgid "<_:media-1/> Contact preview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/intro-main-window.page:159
+msgid ""
+"You can disable the contact preview by toggling <guiseq><gui>View</"
+"gui><gui>Preview</gui><gui>Contact Preview</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/legal.xml:5
+#
+msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
+msgstr "Creative Commons Atribució Compartir Igual 3.0 Llicència no portada"
+
+#. (itstool) path: license/p
+#: C/legal.xml:4
+#
+msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
+msgstr "Aquest treball està llicenciat sota <_:link-1/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:5
+msgid "How to set up a Gmail IMAP Account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:24
+msgid "Access a Gmail IMAP Account via Evolution"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:26
+msgid ""
+"Please refer to the <link xref=\"mail-account-manage-imap-plus\">IMAP+ mail "
+"account settings</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:28
+msgid ""
+"To access Gmail via IMAP you must turn on IMAP in your Google account. See "
+"the <link href=\"https://mail.google.com/support/bin/answer.py?";
+"answer=77695\">Gmail Help</link> for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:5
+msgid "How to set up a Gmail POP Account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:28
+msgid "Access a Gmail POP Account via Evolution"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:30
+msgid "Follow these steps to set up your Gmail POP Account in Evolution:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:33
+msgid "Log in to your Gmail account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Go to <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Forwarding and POP/IMAP</gui></"
+"guiseq>. Refer to the POP Download section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:35
+msgid ""
+"Enable the POP download feature by ticking the radio button that corresponds "
+"to either of these options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:37
+msgid "Enable POP for all mail (even mail that's already been downloaded)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:38
+msgid "Enable POP for mail that arrives from now on"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:41
+msgid "Specify the other required settings for this Gmail feature."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:42
+msgid ""
+"To know the Gmail Account settings, click on <gui>Configuration "
+"instructions</gui>. Choose <gui>I want to enable POP</gui> and select "
+"<gui>Other</gui> from the list of clients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:43
+msgid ""
+"On your Evolution client, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</"
+"gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui></guiseq>. Click <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Provide the required information. For the account settings, refer to Step 5."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:5
+msgid "Add and edit an IMAP+ mail account in Evolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:20
+msgid "IMAP+ mail account settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:23
+#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:23
+#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:23
+#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:23
+#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:23
+#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:23
+#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:23
+#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:23
+#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:23
+#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:23
+#
+msgid "Account Editor"
+msgstr "Editor de comptes"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:24
+#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:24
+#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:25
+#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:24
+#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:24
+#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:24
+#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:24
+#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:24
+#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:24
+#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:24
+msgid ""
+"Mail accounts can be added by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</"
+"gui><gui>Mail Account</gui></guiseq> or via <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
+"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui style=\"button\">Add</"
+"gui></guiseq>. The steps are mostly the same as for the <link xref=\"intro-"
+"first-run\">First-Run Assistant</link>, except for not getting asked whether "
+"to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:25
+#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:25
+#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:25
+#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:25
+msgid ""
+"Mail accounts can be edited via <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</"
+"gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui></guiseq> or by "
+"right-clicking on the respective top-level node in the folder list and "
+"choosing <gui>Properties</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:26
+#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:26
+#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:27
+#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:26
+#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:26
+#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:26
+#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:26
+#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:26
+#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:26
+#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:26
+msgid "The following settings are available when editing an existing account:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:36
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options (IMAP+ accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:38
+#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:38
+#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:39
+#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:38
+#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:38
+#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:38
+#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:38
+#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:38
+#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:38
+#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:38
+msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:43
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Sending Email (IMAP+ accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:45
+#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:45
+#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:46
+#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:45
+#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:45
+#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:45
+#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:45
+#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:45
+#
+msgid "Sending Email"
+msgstr "Enviament de correu"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:50
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Defaults (IMAP+ accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:52
+#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:52
+#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:53
+#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:52
+#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:45
+#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:45
+#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:52
+#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:52
+#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:52
+#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:52
+#
+msgid "Defaults"
+msgstr "Opcions per defecte"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:57
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Security (IMAP+ accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:59
+#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:59
+#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:60
+#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:59
+#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:52
+#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:57
+#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:59
+#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:59
+#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:59
+#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:59
+#
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "Seguretat"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:68
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Other settings (IMAP+ accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:70
+#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:68
+msgid "Other settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:71
+#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:69
+msgid ""
+"Other account related settings that are not located in the <gui>Account "
+"Editor</gui>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:5
+msgid "Add and edit a Local Delivery account in Evolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:20
+msgid "Local Delivery account settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:25
+#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:26
+#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:25
+#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:25
+#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:25
+#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:25
+msgid ""
+"Mail accounts can be edited via <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</"
+"gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:36
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options (Local Delivery accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:43
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Sending Email (Local Delivery accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:50
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Defaults (Local Delivery accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:57
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Security (Local Delivery accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:5
+msgid "Add and edit a Maildir Format Mail Directories account in Evolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:20
+msgid "Maildir Format Mail Directories account settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:24
+msgid "Evolution supports the Maildir++ specification."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:37
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid ""
+"Receiving Email and Receiving options (Maildir Format Mail Directories "
+"accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:44
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Sending Email (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:51
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Defaults (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:58
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Security (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-account-management.page:5
+msgid "Adding, editing and managing mail accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-account-management.page:20
+#
+msgid "Account Management"
+msgstr "Gestió de comptes"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-account-management.page:23
+msgid "Common Account Types"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-account-management.page:27
+msgid "Local Account Types"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-account-management.page:31
+msgid "Corporate Account Types"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:5
+msgid "Add and edit a MH Format Mail Directories account in Evolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:20
+msgid "MH Format Mail Directories account settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:36
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid ""
+"Receiving Email and Receiving options (MH Format Mail Directories accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:43
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Sending Email (MH Format Mail Directories accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:50
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Defaults (MH Format Mail Directories accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:57
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Security (MH Format Mail Directories accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:5
+msgid "Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange 2007 or 2010 account in Evolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:20
+msgid "Exchange Web Services account settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:36
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options (Exchange Web Services accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:43
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Defaults (Exchange Web Services accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:50
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Security (Exchange Web Services accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:5
+msgid "Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange MAPI account in Evolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:20
+msgid "Exchange MAPI account settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:36
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options (Exchange MAPI accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:43
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Defaults (Exchange MAPI accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:49
+msgid "Exchange Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:50
+msgid "In this section you can view the size of all Exchange folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:55
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Security (Exchange MAPI accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:5
+msgid "Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange account in Evolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:21
+msgid "Microsoft Exchange account settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Please first read <link xref=\"exchange-connectors-overview\">Choosing the "
+"right connector</link> to find out about the right Exchange account type for "
+"you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:5
+msgid "Add and edit a POP mail account in Evolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:20
+msgid "POP mail account settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:36
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options (POP accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:43
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Sending Email (POP accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:50
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Defaults (POP accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:57
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Security (POP accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:5
+msgid "Add and edit a Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory account in Evolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:20
+msgid "Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory account settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:36
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid ""
+"Receiving Email and Receiving options (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory "
+"accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:43
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Sending Email (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:50
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Defaults (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:57
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Security (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:5
+msgid "Add and edit a Standard Unix mbox Spool File account in Evolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:20
+msgid "Standard Unix mbox Spool File account settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:36
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid ""
+"Receiving Email and Receiving options (Standard Unix mbox Spool File "
+"accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:43
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Sending Email (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:50
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Defaults (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:57
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Security (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:5
+msgid "Add and edit a Usenet news account in Evolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:20
+msgid "Usenet news account settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:36
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options (Usenet News accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:43
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Sending Email (Usenet News accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:50
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Defaults (Usenet News accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:57
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Security (Usenet News accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:66
+msgctxt "link"
+msgid "Other settings (Usenet News accounts)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-attachments.page:5
+msgid "Handling of file attachments for writing and reading mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-attachments.page:18
+msgid "Managing attachments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:5
+msgid "Saving and opening files that are attached to received emails."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:24
+msgid "Handling attachments in received mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:26
+msgid ""
+"If you receive an email message with one or more file attachments, Evolution "
+"displays the number of attachments and a <gui style=\"button\">Save</gui> or "
+"<gui style=\"button\">Save All</gui> button between the email header and the "
+"content of the email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Evolution does not support saving all attachments of all messages in one "
+"folder at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:29
+msgid "A list of attachments is also available at the bottom of the email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:30
+msgid ""
+"To save an attachment to disk, click the down-arrow next to the attachment "
+"icon and click <gui>Save As</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:31
+msgid ""
+"To open an attachment in another application, click the down-arrow next to "
+"the attachment icon and choose one of the available applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-attachments-received.page:33
+msgid ""
+"The options available for an attachment vary depending on the type of "
+"attachment and the applications that are installed on your system. For "
+"example, image files can be opened in the <gui>Image Viewer</gui> "
+"application or in the <gui>GIMP</gui> graphics editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:5
+msgid "Attaching files to emails you want to send."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:24
+msgid "Adding attachments to an email"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:27
+msgid "Attaching files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:28
+msgid "To attach a file to your email in the composer:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>Add Attachment…</gui>, or click <guiseq><gui>Insert</"
+"gui><gui>Attachment</gui></guiseq>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>M</"
+"key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:31
+msgid "Select the file you want to attach."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:34
+msgid "You can also drag a file to the attachment bar of the composer window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:36
+msgid ""
+"When you send the message, a copy of the attached file goes with it. Be "
+"aware that large attachments can take a long time to send and receive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:40
+#
+msgid "Attachment Reminder"
+msgstr "Recordatori d'adjuncions"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Evolution has an Attachment Reminder plugin you can use to remind yourself "
+"to attach a file to an email. If it determines that you have not attached "
+"the file, it displays a reminder window before the email is sent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:44
+msgid "To enable the Attachment Reminder:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:46
+#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:31
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:28
+msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Plugins</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:47
+msgid "Enable <gui>Attachment Reminder</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:48
+#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:33
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:30
+msgid "Click the <gui>Configuration</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:49
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui>, then enter keywords in your language "
+"such as \"Attach\" or \"enclosed\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Based on the keywords you have added, Evolution searches the text of every "
+"mail you are going to send. If it finds any of the keywords in your email "
+"and there is no actual attached file, the reminder window is displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:5
+msgid "Sending invitations for appointments to contacts via email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:21
+msgid "Sending invitations by email"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:23
+msgid ""
+"If you create an event in the calendar component, you can then send "
+"invitations to the attendee list through the Evolution email tool. The "
+"invitation card is sent as an attachment in iCal format."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:25
+msgid ""
+"To send an invitation, right-click on the entry in the calendar and choose "
+"<gui>Forward as iCalendar</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:27
+msgid "When you receive an invitation, you have several options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:30
+#
+msgid "Accept:"
+msgstr "Accepta:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Indicates you will attend the meeting. When you click the OK button, the "
+"meeting is entered into your calendar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:33
+msgid "Tentatively Accept:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Indicates you will probably attend the meeting. When you click the OK "
+"button, the meeting is entered into your calendar, but is marked as "
+"tentative."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:36
+#
+msgid "Decline:"
+msgstr "Declina:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Indicates you are unable to attend the meeting. The meeting is not entered "
+"into your calendar when you click OK, although your response is sent to the "
+"meeting host if you have selected the Send reply to sender option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:39
+#
+msgid "Send reply to sender:"
+msgstr "Respon al remitent:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Select this option if you want your response sent to the meeting organizers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:5
+msgid "If you received or sent an email, but you cannot find it anywhere."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:20
+msgid "I cannot see some emails, where are they?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:24
+msgid ""
+"Check whether you are using filters on incoming (or outgoing) messages. "
+"These could be automatically moving your messages to another destination."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Check your search view in the search bar right above the message list. "
+"Perhaps the <gui>Show</gui> dropdown list is set to a filter like <gui>Read "
+"Messages</gui>, or the text input filed contains some value. Click the broom "
+"icon to clear the search field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:30
+msgid ""
+"If you cannot see any emails at all in a folder, check that you have not "
+"maximized the message preview (so the message list pane is hidden). To do "
+"this, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Preview</gui><gui>Show Message "
+"Preview</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:33
+msgid ""
+"Look in the <gui>Junk</gui> folder. Messages that are marked as Junk "
+"disappear from the original folder and are moved to the Junk folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Deleted Messages</gui></guiseq> to "
+"make sure all messages are visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-cannot-see.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Check your default folder under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</"
+"gui><gui>Email Accounts</gui><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Defaults</gui></guiseq>. "
+"Perhaps it is set to some other folder than the folder you thought of."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:5
+msgid "Editing the columns displayed in the list of messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:20
+msgid "Changing the message list columns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:22
+msgid ""
+"If you want to change the columns in the mail message list, right-click on "
+"the column headers and choose either <gui>Add a Column…</gui> or <gui>Remove "
+"This Column</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:23
+msgid ""
+"If you have a small display, you can replace the <gui>Subject</gui> column "
+"by the <gui>Subject - Trimmed</gui> which will remove prefixes such as \"Re:"
+"\", or you can replace the <gui>From</gui> column which displays the "
+"sender's name and email address by the <gui>Sender</gui> column which will "
+"only display the sender's name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:25
+msgid ""
+"If you would like to have the same column layout in all mail folders except "
+"for the <gui>Sent</gui> folder, you can enable <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
+"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Preferences</gui><gui>General</"
+"gui><gui>Apply the same view settings to all folders</gui></guiseq>. Note "
+"that this setting also influences <link xref=\"mail-sorting-message-"
+"list#email-threads\"><gui>Group by Threads</gui></link> and the <gui>Message "
+"Preview</gui> visibility in all folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-change-time-format.page:5
+msgid "Changing the date and time format in the message list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-change-time-format.page:19
+msgid "Format of dates and time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-change-time-format.page:20
+msgid ""
+"You can change the format of the <gui>Date</gui> column by setting your "
+"preferred format under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</"
+"gui><gui>Mail Preferences</gui><gui>Headers</gui><gui>Date/Time format</"
+"gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:7
+msgid ""
+"It is not possible to change the quotation introduction added when answering "
+"mail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:24
+msgid "Changing the \"On date, person wrote:\" string when replying"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:26
+msgid "Advanced users can change this string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:29
+msgid "Open the <app>dconf-editor</app> application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:30
+msgid "Navigate to <code>org.gnome.evolution.mail</code>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Enter the prefered quotation string as the value for the key <gui>composer-"
+"message-attribution</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:35
+msgid ""
+"You might need to install the <sys>dconf-editor</sys> package to perform "
+"these steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:38
+msgid ""
+"<link action=\"install:dconf-editor\" href=\"http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/";
+"sources/dconf/\" style=\"button\">Install dconf-editor</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:5
+msgid "Using custom fields in the header of composed messages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:23
+msgid "Custom Header Lines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:25
+msgid "You can add arbitrary header lines to outgoing emails."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:28
+msgid "Enabling and managing custom headers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:29
+msgid "To set up the Custom Header plugin:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:32
+msgid "Enable <gui>Custom Header</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:34
+msgid ""
+"You can add, edit, or remove the header fields. For every header field you "
+"add, you can specify the keys and values. The key is used as the title of "
+"the Custom Header. You can enter multiple values for the keys. You must use "
+"a semicolon to separate every value you enter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:39
+msgid "Inserting custom headers in a message"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Click <guiseq><gui>New</gui><gui>Mail Message</gui></guiseq> or press "
+"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>M</key></keyseq> to open the "
+"message composer window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:42
+msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Insert</gui><gui>Custom Header</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:43
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Email Custom Header</gui> window, you can view all the defined "
+"header fields and values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:44
+msgid "Set the values for the header fields by using the dropdown list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page:5
+msgid "Enable HTML format in the mail composer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page:21
+msgid "Enabling HTML format"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page:23
+msgid ""
+"You can change the format of an email message from plain text to HTML in the "
+"email composer by choosing <guiseq><gui>Format</gui><gui>HTML</gui></guiseq> "
+"from the menu bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page:24
+msgid ""
+"Alternately, you also can change the first dropdown list below the "
+"<gui>Subject</gui> line from <gui>Plain Text</gui> to <gui>HTML</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page:25
+msgid ""
+"If you choose HTML format, a second tool bar will be displayed below the "
+"<gui>Subject</gui> line with HTML-only options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page:26
+msgid ""
+"To send all your mail as HTML by default, enable <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
+"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Composer Preferences</gui><gui>Default "
+"Behavior</gui><gui>Format messages in HTML</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:5
+msgid "Forwarding a received email to somebody."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:23
+msgid "Forwarding a message"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:25
+msgid ""
+"When you receive an email, you can forward it to other individuals or groups "
+"that might be interested."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:26
+msgid ""
+"You can forward a message as an attachment to a new message (this is the "
+"default setting, see <link xref=\"#default-settings\">Default settings</"
+"link>), inline (in your message without the > character before each "
+"line), or quoted (with > character before each line)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Attachment forwarding is best if you want to send the full, unaltered "
+"message to someone else. Inline or Quoted forwarding is best if you want to "
+"send portions of a message, or if you have a large number of comments on "
+"different sections of the message you are forwarding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:29
+msgid "To forward a message that you are reading:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Click <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Forward</gui></guiseq>, the "
+"<gui>Forward</gui> button in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+"key><key>F</key></keyseq> to use the default forwarding method. In case you "
+"want to use a different forward method, click <guiseq><gui>Message</"
+"gui><gui>Forward as</gui></guiseq> or the small dropdown arrow next to the "
+"<gui>Forward</gui> button in the toolbar to choose the method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Select a recipient for the message. The subject is already entered, although "
+"you can alter it if you want."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:33
+msgid "Add your comments on the message in the text field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui style=\"button\">Send</gui> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+"key><key>Return</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Attachments to a message you are forwarding are forwarded only when you send "
+"the original message as an attachment. Inline messages do not forward any "
+"attachments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:40 C/mail-composer-reply.page:53
+#
+msgid "Default settings"
+msgstr "Paràmetres per defecte"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-composer-forward.page:41
+msgid ""
+"The default settings for replying and forwarding can be changed under "
+"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Composer Preferences</"
+"gui><gui>General</gui><gui>Replies and Forwards</gui><gui>Forward style</"
+"gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page:5
+msgid "How to forward a message with its attachments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page:21
+msgid "Forwarding a message with its attachments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Click <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Forward as…</gui></guiseq> and choose "
+"<gui>Attachment</gui>, so the forwarded email and also its attachments get "
+"attached to the email you want to send."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page:26
+msgid ""
+"If you want to have this setting by default, set <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
+"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Composer Preferences</gui><gui>Forward Style</"
+"gui></guiseq> to <gui>Attachment</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:5
+msgid "Embed a picture in the mail composer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:21
+msgid "Inserting an Image in HTML"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:23
+msgid ""
+"You can insert an image into the email (at the current position of the "
+"cursor):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:25
+msgid ""
+"Click <guiseq><gui>Insert</gui><gui>Image…</gui></guiseq> in the menubar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:26
+msgid "Browse to and select the file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:27
+msgid "Click <gui>Open</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Alternately, you can also use the <_:media-1/> icon in the second bar below "
+"the <gui>Subject</gui> line, or drag an image into the text area of the "
+"message composer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:5
+msgid "Insert a link to a website in the mail composer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:21
+msgid "Inserting a Link in HTML"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:24
+msgid "You can insert links into the email:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:26
+msgid "Select the text that you want to turn into a link."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Either click <guiseq><gui>Insert</gui><gui>Link…</gui></guiseq> in the "
+"menubar, or right-click on the selected text and click <gui>Insert Link</"
+"gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:29 C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:28
+#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:29
+#
+msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
+msgstr "Feu clic a <gui>Tanca</gui>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:32 C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:31
+#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Alternately, you can also use the <_:media-1/> icon in the second bar below "
+"the <gui>Subject</gui> line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:34
+msgid ""
+"If you do not want a special link text you can just enter the address of the "
+"link directly. It will be automatically recognized as a link."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-composer-html.page:5
+msgid "Changing fonts, using colors, and inserting images, tables and links."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-composer-html.page:21
+msgid "Formatting emails (in Plain Text and HTML)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html.page:25
+msgid ""
+"Text formatting tools for basic alignment and paragraph formatting are "
+"located in the tool bar below the <gui>Subject</gui> line. They also appear "
+"in the <gui>Insert</gui> and <gui>Format</gui> menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html.page:26 C/mail-composer-html-text.page:24
+#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:24
+msgid ""
+"The icons in the tool bar are explained in tooltips which appear when you "
+"hold your mouse pointer over the buttons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Normally, you cannot set text color or size or embed pictures in messages. "
+"However, most newer email applications can do this by using HTML format, "
+"which is the format that also web pages use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Some people do not have HTML-capable mail clients, or prefer not to receive "
+"HTML-enhanced mail because it is slower to download and display. Because of "
+"this, <app>Evolution</app> sends plain text unless you explicitly ask for "
+"HTML."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-composer-html.page:33
+msgid "Plain Text Formatting Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-composer-html.page:37
+msgid "HTML-only Formatting Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:5
+msgid "Insert a horizontal line in the mail composer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:21
+msgid "Inserting a Rule in HTML"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:23
+msgid ""
+"You can insert a horizontal line into the email (at the current position of "
+"the cursor) to help divide two sections:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:25
+msgid ""
+"Click <guiseq><gui>Insert</gui><gui>Rule…</gui></guiseq> in the menubar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:26
+msgid "Select width, size, and alignment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:27
+msgid "Select <gui>Shaded</gui> if wanted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:5
+msgid "Insert a table in the mail composer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:21
+msgid "Inserting a Table in HTML"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:23
+msgid ""
+"You can insert a table into the email (at the current position of the "
+"cursor):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:25
+msgid ""
+"Click <guiseq><gui>Insert</gui><gui>Table…</gui></guiseq> in the menubar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:26
+msgid "Select the number of rows and columns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:27
+msgid "Define the type of layout for the table."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:28
+msgid "Optionally: Select a background color or image for the table."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:5
+msgid "Change font sizes, styles and colors in the mail composer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:21
+msgid "Formatting Text in HTML"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Text formatting tools that are available in HTML format only are located in "
+"the second tool bar below the <gui>Subject</gui> line after enabling HTML "
+"format. They also appear in the <gui>Insert</gui> and <gui>Format</gui> "
+"menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:27
+msgid "Text Styles:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Use these buttons in the lower tool bar to determine the way your email "
+"looks. If you have text selected, the style applies to the selected text. If "
+"you do not have text selected, the style applies to whatever you type next."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:32
+#
+msgid "Button"
+msgstr "Botó"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:33
+#
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "Descripció"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:36
+#
+msgid "+0"
+msgstr "+0"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:37
+#
+msgid "Font size."
+msgstr "Mida del tipus de lletra."
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Color chooser for text. The box displays the current text color. To choose a "
+"new color, click the arrow button to the right. If you have text selected, "
+"the color applies to the selected text. If you do not have text selected, "
+"the color applies to whatever you type next. You can select a background "
+"color or image by right-clicking the message background, then selecting "
+"<guiseq><gui>Style</gui><gui>Page Style</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:44
+#
+msgid "TT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:45
+msgid "Typewriter text, which is similar to a monospace font."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:48
+#
+msgid "Bold A"
+msgstr "Negreta A"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:49
+msgid "Bolds the text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:52
+#
+msgid "Italic A"
+msgstr "Cursiva A"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:53
+msgid "Italicizes the text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:56
+#
+msgid "Underlined A"
+msgstr "Subratllat A"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:57
+msgid "Underlines the text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:60
+#
+msgid "Strike through A"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:61
+msgid "Marks a line through the text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:65
+msgid ""
+"The other buttons are explained under <link xref=\"mail-composer-"
+"html#formatting-options-html\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page:5
+msgid "Add, change, edit or delete email signatures."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page:20
+msgid "Managing signatures"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page:22
+msgid ""
+"You can add, edit and delete all your signatures under <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
+"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Composer preferences</gui><gui>Signatures</"
+"gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Assigning a default signature to an email account has to be done in the "
+"<link xref=\"mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account\">account settings</"
+"link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page:5
+msgid "Using email signatures at the bottom of a message you send."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page:21
+msgid "Working with email signatures"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page:23
+msgid ""
+"A signature consists of one or more lines of text (or even a picture) that "
+"will be added at the end of an email that you send. It can contain contact "
+"information or other things. A signature always begins with two dashes and a "
+"space (<code>-- </code>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page:24
+msgid ""
+"The term \"signature\" is also differently used in terms of <link xref="
+"\"mail-encryption\">encryption</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page:5
+msgid "Setting a default signature for an email account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page:29
+msgid "Default account signature"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page:31
+msgid ""
+"You can define a default <link xref=\"mail-composer-mail-signatures"
+"\">signature</link> for each of your mail accounts. This can be edited under "
+"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui "
+"style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Identity</gui><gui>Optional Information</"
+"gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page:33
+msgid ""
+"If you have a signature for your account defined but exceptionally do not "
+"want to use it for one message, or want to use a different signature, you "
+"can change it via the dropdown menu in the right upper corner in the email "
+"composer window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:5
+msgid "Message templates to reuse in the composer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:23
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:28
+msgid "Message Templates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:24
+msgid ""
+"A message template is a standard message that you can use at any time to "
+"send mail with the same pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:25
+msgid ""
+"To enable the Message Template Plugin, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
+"gui><gui>Plugins</gui></guiseq> and enable <gui>Templates</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:5
+msgid "Use one of your templates for replying to a message"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:23
+msgid "Using a Template as a Reply"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the message you are replying to, then click <gui>Templates</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:28
+msgid ""
+"This option lists all the message templates in the <gui>Templates</gui> "
+"folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Select the message template of your choice. Make changes if required in the "
+"email composer window that will open."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:34
+msgid "Click <gui>Send</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:35
+msgid ""
+"When you select a message template for replying, the subject of the reply is "
+"preserved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:5
+msgid "Store an existing or new message as a template"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:23
+msgid "Saving Messages as Templates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:26
+msgid "Saving an Existing Message as a Template"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:28
+msgid "Select the message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Right-click the message and choose <gui>Move to folder</gui> or <gui>Copy to "
+"folder</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Select the <gui>Templates</gui> folder under <gui>On This Computer</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:32
+msgid "You can also edit an existing message and save it as a template:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:34
+msgid "Open the message and click <gui>Reply</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:35
+msgid "Edit the message body or the addresses according to your requirements."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:36
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:47
+msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Save as Template</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:41
+msgid "Saving a New Message as a Template"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui>New</gui> and enter in the composer window what you need for the "
+"template."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:5
+msgid ""
+"Configure variables in templates and reuse items from the message you reply "
+"to"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:23
+msgid "Using Variables in Templates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:26
+msgid "Configuring Variables for Message Templates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:29
+msgid "Click <gui>Templates</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:31
+msgid ""
+"You can add, edit or remove the key-value pairs. You can specify any number "
+"of key-value pairs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:33
+msgid ""
+"In any template, the occurrence of every $key is replaced by the value it "
+"has in the configuration. For example, if you set the key to Manager and the "
+"value to Harry, any occurrence of $Manager is replaced by Harry in the "
+"message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Assume that you have 1000 message templates with your current manager's name "
+"in them. When the current manager is replaced by a new one, it is not easy "
+"for you to manually replace the manager's name in all the 1000 messages. If "
+"the messages have a $Manager key value, you can reset the value in the "
+"Configuration tab of this plugin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:35
+msgid ""
+"By default, the entire environment variables are used as a key-value pair. "
+"An occurrence of $env_variable is replaced by the value it carries. For "
+"example, an occurrence of $PATH in your template is replaced by its value "
+"when the template is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:36
+msgid "The replacement process uses the following order of precedence:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:39
+msgid ""
+"$key is replaced by the value set for it in the Configuration tab of the "
+"Templates plugin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:42
+msgid ""
+"If the key is not found, it is then replaced with the value of its "
+"environment variable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:45
+msgid ""
+"If key is neither a configuration option nor an environment variable, no "
+"changes are made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:52
+msgid "Using Elements From a Message in a Template When Replying"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Templates can contain more than just the predefined set of <link xref="
+"\"#configure\">key-value pairs</link>. You can also get any message header "
+"values from the email that you are applying the template on, plus the "
+"complete message body."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: Do NOT translate $ORIG[subject] and $ORIG[body] in this
+#. sentence!
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:56
+msgid ""
+"In order to do this, use the format <code>$ORIG[header_name]</code> and "
+"replace the variable <code>header_name</code> by the actual header. For "
+"example, if you would like to insert the subject line of the message that "
+"you reply to, use <code>$ORIG[subject]</code>. To insert the complete body, "
+"use <code>$ORIG[body]</code>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#. TO TRANSLATORS: Do NOT translate $ORIG[body] and $ORIG[reply-to] in
+#. this sentence!
+#: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:59
+msgid ""
+"If no replacement for a variable is found, the variable is not removed "
+"(except for <code>$ORIG[body]</code>) but left in place so that you see that "
+"something went wrong. This could happen when trying to use headers that are "
+"not necessarily always available in the original message (for example <code>"
+"$ORIG[reply-to]</code>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:5
+msgid "Change font alignment and paragraph formatting in the mail composer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:21
+msgid "Formatting Text in Plain Text Format"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Text formatting tools are located in the tool bar below the <gui>Subject</"
+"gui> line. They also appear in the <gui>Insert</gui> and <gui>Format</gui> "
+"menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:27
+msgid "Headers and Lists:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:28
+msgid ""
+"At the left of the upper tool bar, you can choose <gui>Normal</gui> for a "
+"default text style or <gui>Header 1</gui> through <gui>Header 6</gui> for "
+"varying sizes of header from large (1) to tiny (6). Other styles include "
+"<gui>Preformat</gui>, to use the HTML tag for preformatted blocks of text, "
+"and three types of bullet points for lists."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:29
+msgid ""
+"For instance, instead of using asterisks to mark a bulleted list, you can "
+"use the <gui>Bulleted List</gui> style from the style dropdown list. "
+"Evolution uses different bullet styles, and handles word wrap and multiple "
+"levels of indentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:33
+#
+msgid "Alignment:"
+msgstr "Alineació:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Located next to the Headers and Lists dropdown, the three paragraph icons "
+"should be familiar to users of most word processing software. The left-most "
+"button aligns your text to the left, the center button centers text, and the "
+"right button aligns the text to the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:38
+msgid "Indentation Rules:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:39
+msgid ""
+"The button with the arrow pointing left decreases a paragraph's indentation, "
+"and the right arrow increases its indentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-composer-priority.page:5
+msgid "Setting a priority for messages to be sent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-composer-priority.page:23
+msgid "Prioritizing outgoing messages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-priority.page:25
+msgid ""
+"You can prioritize a message to be sent, so that the recipient sees its "
+"relative importance. To prioritize a message, click <guiseq><gui>Options</"
+"gui><gui>Prioritize Message</gui></guiseq> in the composer window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-composer-priority.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Evolution will ignore the message priority of incoming messages because the "
+"recipient should decide whether the message is important or not. You can set "
+"the \"Important\" flag for any messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:5
+msgid "Answering a received email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:23
+msgid "Replying to a message"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:26
+msgid "Replying to Email Messages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:27
+msgid ""
+"To reply to a message, select the message to reply to in the message list "
+"and click the <gui>Reply</gui> button in the toolbar, or right-click within "
+"the message and select <gui>Reply to Sender</gui>. This opens the message "
+"composer. The <gui>To:</gui> and <gui>Subject:</gui> fields are already "
+"filled, although you can alter them if you prefer. In addition, the full "
+"text of the old message is inserted into the new message, either in grey "
+"with a blue line on one side (for HTML display) or with the > character "
+"before each line (in plain text mode), to indicate that it is part of the "
+"previous message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:28
+msgid ""
+"If you are reading a message with several recipients, you can use <gui>Reply "
+"to All</gui> instead of <gui>Reply</gui>. If there are large numbers of "
+"people in the <gui>Cc:</gui> or <gui>To:</gui> fields, this can save "
+"substantial amounts of time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:32
+msgid "Using the Reply To All Feature"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:33
+msgid ""
+"Susan sends an email to a client and sends copies to Tim and to an internal "
+"company mailing list of co-workers. If Tim wants to make a comment for all "
+"of them to read, he uses <gui>Reply to All</gui>, but if he just wants to "
+"tell Susan that he agrees with her, he uses <gui>Reply</gui>. His reply does "
+"not reach anyone that Susan put on her Bcc list, because that list is not "
+"shared with anyone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:34
+msgid ""
+"If you subscribe to a mailing list, and want your reply to go just to the "
+"list rather than to the sender, select <gui>Reply to List</gui> instead of "
+"<gui>Reply</gui> or <gui>Reply to All</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:38
+#
+msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
+msgstr "Dreceres de teclat"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:41
+#
+msgid "Action"
+msgstr "Acció"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:41
+msgid "Shortcut keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:43
+#
+msgid "Reply to Sender"
+msgstr "Respon al remitent"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:43
+#
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:45
+#
+msgid "Reply to Mailing List"
+msgstr "Respon a la llista de correu"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:45
+#
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:47
+#
+msgid "Reply to All"
+msgstr "Respon a tots"
+
+#. (itstool) path: td/p
+#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:47
+#
+msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>"
+msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Majúscules</key><key>G</key></keyseq>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-composer-reply.page:54
+msgid ""
+"The default settings for replying and forwarding can be changed under "
+"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Composer Preferences</"
+"gui><gui>General</gui><gui>Replies and Forwards</gui><gui>Reply style</gui></"
+"guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-composer-search.page:5
+msgid "Searching for text in the mail composer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-composer-search.page:21
+msgid "Searching in the mail composer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-search.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Under the <gui>Edit</gui> menu in the message composer there are several "
+"text searching features available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-search.page:26
+msgid "<gui>Find</gui>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-search.page:27
+msgid "Enter a word or phrase, and Evolution finds it in your message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-search.page:30
+msgid "<gui>Find Again</gui>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-search.page:31
+msgid "Select this item to repeat the last search you performed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-search.page:34
+msgid "<gui>Replace</gui>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-composer-search.page:35
+msgid "Find a word or phrase, and replace it with something else."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-search.page:39
+msgid ""
+"For all of these menu items you can choose whether to search backwards in "
+"the document from the point where your cursor is. You can also determine "
+"whether the search is to be case sensitive in determining a match"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-search.page:40
+msgid ""
+"If you have a technical background you can also select the option to use "
+"<link href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression\";>Regular "
+"expressions</link> for searching."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:5
+msgid "Sending to more than one person and using CC or BCC."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:26
+msgid "Sending a message to several recipients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:28
+msgid ""
+"To send a message to more than one person, enter the addresses in the "
+"composer by separating them with commas or semicolons."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:30
+msgid ""
+"If you frequently write email to the same groups of people, you can create "
+"<link xref=\"contacts-using-contact-lists\">contact lists</link> to send "
+"them mail as though they have a single address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:33
+msgid "Recipient types"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Email messages can have three different types of recipients. The simplest "
+"way is to put the email address or addresses in the <gui>To:</gui> text "
+"field. The <gui>Cc:</gui> text field is used for recipients that are meant "
+"to receive a copy of your message but are not the primary recipients."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Addresses in the <gui>Bcc:</gui> text field are hidden from the other "
+"recipients of the message. It can be used to send mail to large groups of "
+"people, especially if they do not know each other or if privacy is a "
+"concern. If the <gui>Bcc:</gui> text field is not shown, click "
+"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Bcc Field</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:40
+#
+msgid "Autocompletion"
+msgstr "Compleció automàtica"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:41
+msgid ""
+"It is recommended to use the <link xref=\"contacts-autocompletion"
+"\">Autocompletion</link> feature of the Evolution address book for entering "
+"addresses. By using this you avoid typos and save time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:45
+msgid "Using the buttons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Instead of typing the recipients' names you can also click the <gui style="
+"\"button\">To:</gui>, <gui style=\"button\">Cc:</gui>, or <gui style=\"button"
+"\">Bcc:</gui> buttons to get a list of the email addresses in your address "
+"books. Select the addresses and click the arrow buttons to move them into "
+"the appropriate address columns (To:, Cc:, Bcc:)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:7
+msgid "On spell checking your mail in the composer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:22
+#
+msgid "Spell checking"
+msgstr "Verificació de l'ortografia"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:27
+msgid "Prerequirements"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:28
+msgid ""
+"To use spell checking for the emails that you write you first need to make "
+"sure that the <sys>hunspell</sys> package for your specific language and the "
+"<sys>enchant</sys> package are installed via the software management tool of "
+"your distribution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:31
+msgid ""
+"You might need to install <sys>hunspell</sys> and/or <sys>enchant</sys> to "
+"perform these steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:34
+msgid ""
+"<link action=\"install:hunspell\" href=\"http://hunspell.sourceforge.net/\"; "
+"style=\"button\">Install hunspell</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:35
+msgid ""
+"<link action=\"install:enchant\" href=\"http://www.abisource.com/projects/";
+"enchant/\" style=\"button\">Install enchant</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:42
+msgid "Global Preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Composer "
+"Preferences</gui><gui>Spell Checking</gui><gui>Options</gui></guiseq> you "
+"can define whether your spelling is checked while you type and which color "
+"is used for underlining words that are misspelled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:46
+msgid ""
+"You can also define which installed languages are used for spell checking in "
+"the list available under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</"
+"gui><gui>Composer Preferences</gui><gui>Spell Checking</gui><gui>Languages</"
+"gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:50
+msgid "Manual spell checking in the composer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:51
+msgid ""
+"If you do not have <gui>Checking spelling while I type</gui> enabled in the "
+"<link xref=\"#global-preferences\">Composer Preferences</link> you can run a "
+"spell check in the email composer by clicking <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
+"gui><gui>Spell Checking</gui></guiseq> or by pressing <key>F7</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:5
+msgid "Writing a new email to send to a recipient."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:23
+msgid "Composing a new message"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:25
+msgid ""
+"You can start writing a new email message by clicking <guiseq><gui>File</"
+"gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Mail Message</gui></guiseq>, by pressing "
+"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>M</key></keyseq>, or by clicking "
+"<gui>New</gui> in the toolbar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Enter an email address in the <gui>To:</gui> field. If you want to enter "
+"multiple addresses, separate them by commas. See <link xref=\"mail-composer-"
+"several-recipients\"/> for more information on sending messages to more than "
+"one person."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:29
+msgid ""
+"After you have written your message, click <gui>Send</gui> or press "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Return</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-default-CC-and-BCC.page:5
+msgid "Make somebody always receive copies of your sent mail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-default-CC-and-BCC.page:29
+msgid "Default CC and BCC"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-default-CC-and-BCC.page:31
+msgid ""
+"You can set email addresses that should always receive copies of your sent "
+"mail (either as CC visible for all recipients, or BCC not visible for other "
+"recipients) in the <gui>Defaults</gui> section of the mail account editor "
+"(<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui "
+"style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Defaults</gui></guiseq>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-default-folder-locations.page:5
+msgid "Changing the location of Draft, Sent, Trash and Junk folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-default-folder-locations.page:29
+msgid "Mail folder locations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-default-folder-locations.page:31
+msgid ""
+"You can set a different place where to store messages in your Draft folder "
+"and Sent folder in the <gui>Defaults</gui> section of the mail account "
+"editor (<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</"
+"gui><gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Defaults</gui></guiseq>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-default-folder-locations.page:32
+msgid ""
+"For remote account types (accounts such as IMAP) you can also use folders on "
+"the mail server for Junk and Trash by selecting the corresponding <gui>Use a "
+"Real Folder</gui> option. In this case, Evolution's local <link xref=\"mail-"
+"search-folders\">virtual folders</link> will not be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:5
+msgid "Deleting, expunging, and undeleting mail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:25
+msgid "Deleting and undeleting messages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:28
+#
+msgid "Deleting Messages"
+msgstr "Suprimint els missatges"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:30
+msgid ""
+"To delete a message, select it and press the <key>Delete</key> key, or click "
+"the <gui style=\"button\">Delete</gui> button in the toolbar, or press "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>D</key></keyseq>, or right-click the message and "
+"click <gui>Delete</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:32
+msgid ""
+"When you press Delete or click the Trash folder, your mail is not actually "
+"deleted, but is marked for deletion. You can see all message marked for "
+"deletion in the Trash folder. To show deleted messages, click "
+"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Deleted Messages</gui></guiseq>. You can "
+"view the messages striken off for later deletion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:34
+msgid ""
+"To permanently erase all the deleted messages in a folder, click "
+"<guiseq><gui>Folder</gui><gui>Expunge</gui></guiseq> or press "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>E</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:38
+msgid "Undeleting Messages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:40
+msgid ""
+"You can undelete a message that has been deleted but not expunged yet. To "
+"undelete a message, select the message, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
+"gui><gui>Undelete message</gui></guiseq>. Note that <guiseq><gui>View</"
+"gui><gui>Show Deleted Messages</gui></guiseq> must be enabled for this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:42
+msgid ""
+"If you have marked a message for deletion, undeleting it unmarks it, and the "
+"message is not shown anymore in the Trash folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:5
+msgid "When letters in an email are not shown correctly or missing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:21
+#
+msgid "Character Encodings"
+msgstr "Codificacions de caràcters"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:24
+msgid "Received mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:26
+msgid ""
+"If the email application of the sender is broken or misconfigured, plain "
+"text emails might not include information about the character encoding used. "
+"If you receive such messages, choose <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Character "
+"Encoding</gui></guiseq> from the main menu and change the currently chosen "
+"character encoding to an appropriate one that might be the encoding used by "
+"the sender. You have to make this change every time you view the message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:27
+msgid ""
+"To make this the default setting, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
+"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Preferences</gui><gui>General</"
+"gui><gui>Message Display</gui><gui>Default character encoding</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:34
+msgid ""
+"In the unlikely event that you would like to change the default character "
+"encoding for messages that you send, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
+"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Composer Preferences</gui><gui>Default "
+"Behavior</gui><gui>Character encoding</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:35
+msgid ""
+"This setting only refers to Plain Text messages as <link xref=\"mail-"
+"composer-html\">HTML messages</link> always use UTF-8 encoding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:5
+msgid "Display less email recipients of a specific message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:23
+msgid "Collapsible Message Headers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:25
+msgid ""
+"Evolution compresses the To, Cc and Bcc headers of received mail and shows "
+"only five addresses in the message preview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:27
+msgid ""
+"To see all recipients, click the <_:media-1/> icon next to the <gui>To:</"
+"gui> or <gui>Cc:</gui> line, or click the ellipsis (…) at the end of the "
+"five displayed addresses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:29
+msgid ""
+"To collapse all of the message headers and just display the subject and "
+"sender in one line, click the icon <_:media-1/> next to the <gui>From:</gui> "
+"line. This is helpful on small screens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:5
+msgid "On embedded pictures in received HTML messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:27
+msgid "Images in HTML messages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:29
+msgid ""
+"When someone sends you HTML mail that includes an image in the body of the "
+"message (for example, the welcome message in your Inbox), Evolution displays "
+"the image inside the message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:32
+#
+msgid "Loading images"
+msgstr "Càrrega de les imatges"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:33
+msgid ""
+"Some images are links in a message, rather than being part of the message. "
+"Evolution can download those images from the Internet, but does not do so "
+"unless you request it. This is because remotely hosted images can be slow to "
+"load and display, and can even be used by spammers to track who reads the "
+"email. Not automatically loading images helps protect your privacy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:35
+msgid ""
+"To load the images for one message, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Load "
+"Images</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>I</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:37
+msgid ""
+"To set the default action for loading images, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
+"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Preferences</gui><gui>HTML Messages</"
+"gui><gui>Loading Images</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:41
+msgid "Automatically download images in emails from people you know"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:43
+msgid ""
+"You can download images from emails sent by your contacts. To do this, go to "
+"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Preferences</"
+"gui><gui>HTML Messages</gui><gui>Loading Images</gui></guiseq>. Enable the "
+"<gui>Load images only in messages from contacts</gui> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:45
+msgid ""
+"Next, go to <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Contacts</"
+"gui><gui>Autocompletion</gui></guiseq>. Enable autocompletion by ticking the "
+"<gui>Always show address of the autocompleted contact</gui> checkbox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:49
+#
+msgid "Saving images"
+msgstr "Desant les imatges"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:50
+msgid ""
+"To save an image that is embedded in an HTML email, right-click on the image "
+"and click <gui>Save Image…</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-displaying-message.page:5
+msgid "Rendering an email and handling its attachments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-displaying-message.page:20
+#
+msgid "Display of a message"
+msgstr "Visualització dels missatges"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-displaying-message.page:23
+#
+msgid "Advanced"
+msgstr "Avançat"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:5
+msgid "Display a picture of the sender in the message header area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:23
+msgid "Photograph Message Headers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:26
+msgid ""
+"Evolution automatically displays photographs of the sender of an email at "
+"the right side of the message header if the sender already embedded a "
+"photograph in the message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:29
+msgid ""
+"You can also manually enable displaying the photograph of the sender of an "
+"email if the sender is in one of your address books and has a photograph "
+"stored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:31
+msgid ""
+"To enable this functionality, select <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
+"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Preferences</gui><gui>Headers</"
+"gui><gui>Show the photograph of sender in the message preview</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:33
+msgid ""
+"If there are multiple matches for a contact, the first one is always used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-display-message-source.page:5
+msgid "Displaying the raw source of a message or all header lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-display-message-source.page:20
+#
+msgid "Message Source"
+msgstr "Codi font del missatge"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-display-message-source.page:22
+msgid ""
+"To view the message data, click on <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Message "
+"Source</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>U</key></keyseq>. "
+"This will display the message data in a new window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-display-message-source.page:24
+msgid ""
+"To only view the complete headers for a message, click <guiseq><gui>View</"
+"gui><gui>All Message Headers</gui></guiseq>. This will display the complete "
+"header data on the viewing pane."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-duplicates.page:5
+msgid "How to handle duplicated email messages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-duplicates.page:24
+msgid "Duplicate emails get downloaded"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-duplicates.page:27
+msgid "Removing duplicate emails"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-duplicates.page:28
+msgid ""
+"To remove duplicate emails in a folder, select multiple messages (or select "
+"all messages in a folder by clicking <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Select All</"
+"gui></guiseq> or pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>) and "
+"click <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Remove Duplicate Messages</gui></"
+"guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-duplicates.page:33
+msgid "Reasons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-duplicates.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Downloading duplicate emails may be due to one of the following reasons:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-duplicates.page:36
+msgid "There are several copies of the same message in the mailbox"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-duplicates.page:37
+msgid "Evolution is having a problem with the UIDL extension."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-duplicates.page:38
+msgid ""
+"The cache files located at <file>$HOME/.local/share/evolution/mail/local/</"
+"file> are not writable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:5
+msgid "Signing or encrypting messages via GPG/OpenPGP that you send."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:23
+msgid "Creating a GPG key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:25
+msgid ""
+"These steps are very technical. For average users we recommend using the "
+"<link xref=\"help:seahorse/pgp-create\" href=\"https://help.gnome.org/users/";
+"seahorse/stable/pgp-create\"><app>Seahorse</app> application</link> for "
+"creating GPG/OpenPGP keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Before you can get or send GPG encrypted mail, you need to generate your "
+"public and private keys with GPG."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Open the <app>Terminal</app> application and enter <cmd>gpg --gen-key</cmd>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:32
+msgid "Select an algorithm, then press Enter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:33
+msgid "Select a key length, then press Enter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:34
+msgid "Enter how long your key should be valid for."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:35
+msgid "Type your real name, then press Enter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:36
+msgid "Type your email address, then press Enter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:37
+msgid "(Optional) Type a comment, then press Enter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:38
+msgid "Review your selected user ID. If it is correct, press O."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:39
+msgid "Type a passphrase, then press Enter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:40
+msgid "Move your mouse randomly to generate the keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:43
+msgid ""
+"After the keys are generated, you can view your key information by entering "
+"<cmd>gpg --list-keys</cmd>. You should see something similar to this: "
+"<code> /home/you/.gnupg/pubring.gpg ---------------------------- pub "
+"1024D/32j38dk2 2001-06-20 you <you example com> sub 1024g/289sklj3 "
+"2011-06-20 [expires: 2012-11-14]</code>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:44
+msgid ""
+"GPG creates one list, or keyring, for your public keys and one for your "
+"private keys. All the public keys you know are stored in the file <file>~/."
+"gnupg/pubring.gpg</file>. If you want to give other people your key, send "
+"them that file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:45
+msgid "If you want, you can upload your keys to a key server:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Check your public key ID with <code>gpg --list-keys</code>. It is the string "
+"after <code>1024D</code> on the line beginning with <code>pub</code>. In the "
+"example above, it is <code>32j38dk2</code>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Enter the command <cmd>gpg --send-keys --keyserver wwwkeys.pgp.net 32j38dk2</"
+"cmd>. Substitute your key ID for <code>32j38dk2</code>. You need your "
+"password to do this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Key servers store your public keys for you so that your friends can decrypt "
+"your messages. If you choose not to use a key server, you can manually send "
+"your public key, include it in your signature file, or put it on your own "
+"Web page. However, it is easier to publish a key once, and then let people "
+"download it from a central place when they want."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:52
+msgid ""
+"If you don't have a key to unlock or encrypt a message, you can set your "
+"encryption tool to look it up automatically. If it cannot find the key, an "
+"error message appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:5
+msgid "Decrypting and checking the signature of received GPG messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:23
+msgid "Receiving messages encrypted or signed via GPG"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:26
+msgid "Decrypting a received message"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:27
+msgid ""
+"If you receive an encrypted message, you need to decrypt it before you can "
+"read it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:28
+msgid ""
+"When you view the message, Evolution prompts you for your PGP password. "
+"Enter it, and the unencrypted message is displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Senders must have your GPG public key before they can send you an encrypted "
+"message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:33
+msgid "Checking the signature of a received message"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:34
+msgid ""
+"To check the sender's signature of a received message, scroll down to the "
+"bottom of the message and click the logo. Evolution will display "
+"<gui>Security Information</gui> for the message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page:5
+msgid "Getting and Using GPG Public Keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page:23
+msgid "Getting and using GPG public keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page:26
+msgid ""
+"To send an encrypted message, you need to use the recipient's public key in "
+"combination with your private key. Evolution handles the encryption, but you "
+"need to get the public key and add it to your keyring."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page:28
+msgid ""
+"To get public keys from a public key server, enter the command <cmd>gpg --"
+"recv-keys --keyserver wwwkeys.pgp.net keyid</cmd>, substituting <code>keyid</"
+"code> by your recipient's ID. You need to enter your password, and the ID is "
+"automatically added to your keyring."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page:30
+msgid ""
+"If someone sends you a public key directly, save it as a plain text file and "
+"enter the command <cmd>gpg --import</cmd> to add it to your keyring."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:5
+msgid ""
+"Setting up GPG for your mail account to sign and/or encrypt and decrypt "
+"messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:23
+msgid "Setting up GPG for your mail account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:26
+msgid ""
+"You need a GPG key to do this. If you do not have one yet, please refer to "
+"<link xref=\"mail-encryption-gpg-create-key\">Creating a GPG key</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:29
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:35
+#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Select <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</"
+"gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Select the account you want to use securely, then click <gui style=\"button"
+"\">Edit</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:31
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:38
+#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:31
+msgid "Click the <gui>Security</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:32
+msgid "Specify your key ID in the <gui>PGP/GPG Key ID</gui> field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:33
+msgid ""
+"Below the field you can choose whether to always sign outgoing messages when "
+"using this account, and other options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:36
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:41
+msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Evolution requires that you know your key ID. If you do not remember it, you "
+"can find it by typing <cmd>gpg --list-keys</cmd> in the <app>Terminal</app> "
+"application. Your key ID is an eight-character string with random numbers "
+"and letters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:5
+msgid "Signing or encrypting messages via GPG that you send."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:23
+#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:23
+msgid "Signing or encrypting messages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:30
+msgid ""
+"After you have <link xref=\"mail-encryption-gpg-set-up\">set up your GPG "
+"key</link>, you can sign or encrypt a message by clicking "
+"<guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>PGP Sign</gui></guiseq> or <gui>PGP Encrypt</"
+"gui> from the message composer menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:31
+#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:36
+msgid ""
+"The Subject line of the message will not be encrypted and should not be used "
+"for sensitive information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:33
+#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:26
+msgid "To have every message signed or encrypted:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:36
+#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:29
+msgid "Select the mail account to encrypt the messages in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:37
+#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:30 C/mail-filters.page:60
+msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Select <gui>Always sign outgoing messages when using this account</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-encryption.page:5
+msgid "Sending and receiving encrypted mail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-encryption.page:30
+msgid "Mail encryption and certificates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-encryption.page:32
+msgid ""
+"Evolution offers GPG Encryption and S/MIME Encryption for signing and "
+"encrypting email messages. S/MIME is used most often in corporate "
+"environments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-encryption.page:35
+msgid "GPG"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-encryption.page:39
+#
+msgid "S/MIME"
+msgstr "S/MIME"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:5
+msgid "Adding, editing, viewing and deleting S/MIME certificates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:23
+msgid "Managing S/MIME certificates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:25
+msgid ""
+"Certificates allow you to communicate with others securely over an encrypted "
+"connection, or sign a message confirming your identity to the contact. These "
+"settings only apply to S/MIME encryption."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:26
+msgid ""
+"You can import, view, edit (except for your own certificates), and delete "
+"your certificates under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</"
+"gui><gui>Certificates</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:28
+msgid ""
+"If you get the error \"Peer's certificate issuer has been marked as not "
+"trusted by the user. (-8172) - Cannot add SMIMEEncKeyPrefs attribute\" after "
+"adding your mail certificate, go to <gui>Authorities</gui> and enable "
+"<gui>Trust this CA to identify email users</gui> for the certificate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:30
+msgid ""
+"<gui>Your Certificates</gui> displays a list of certificates that you own. "
+"To add a signing certificate, click <gui style=\"button\">Import</gui>, "
+"select the file to import, then click <gui style=\"button\">Open</gui> and "
+"enter a password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:31
+msgid ""
+"<gui>Contact Certificates</gui> displays a list of certificates that you "
+"have for contacts. These certificates allow you to decrypt messages as well "
+"verify signed messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:32
+msgid ""
+"<gui>Authorities</gui> displays a list of trusted certificate authorities "
+"that verify that your own certificate is valid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:5
+msgid "Signing or encrypting messages via S/MIME that you send."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:25
+msgid ""
+"After you have <link xref=\"mail-encryption-s-mime-manage\">added your "
+"certificate</link>, you can sign or encrypt a message by clicking "
+"<guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>S/MIME Sign</gui></guiseq> or <gui>S/MIME "
+"Encrypt</gui> from the message composer menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:32
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Secure MIME (S/MIME)</gui> section, click <gui style=\"button"
+"\">Select</gui> next to <gui>Signing Certificate</gui> and specify the path "
+"to your signing certificate, or click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui> "
+"next to <gui>Encryption Certificate</gui> and specify the path to your "
+"encryption certificate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:33
+msgid "Select the appropriate options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:5
+msgid "Available actions for setting up filtering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:23
+msgid "Available Filter actions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:26
+#
+msgid "Move to Folder:"
+msgstr "Mou a la carpeta:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:27
+msgid "Moves the message into a folder you specify."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:29
+#
+msgid "Copy to Folder:"
+msgstr "Copia a carpeta:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:30
+msgid "Puts a copy of the message into a folder you specify."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:32
+#
+msgid "Delete:"
+msgstr "Suprimeix:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:33
+msgid ""
+"Marks the message for deletion. The message can be undeleted until you "
+"expunge or empty the trash."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:35
+#
+msgid "Stop Processing:"
+msgstr "Atura el processament:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Select this if you want to all other filters ignore this message. Note that "
+"only filters listed after this particular rule will be ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:38
+#
+msgid "Set Label:"
+msgstr "Defineix l'etiqueta:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:39
+msgid "Adds a label to a message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:41
+#
+msgid "Assign Color:"
+msgstr "Assigna el color:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:42
+msgid "Marks the message with a color of your choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:44
+#
+msgid "Assign Score:"
+msgstr "Assigna la puntuació:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:45
+msgid "Assigns the message a numeric score."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:47
+#
+msgid "Adjust Score:"
+msgstr "Ajusta la puntuació:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:48
+msgid "Changes the numeric score by the amount you set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:50
+#
+msgid "Set Status:"
+msgstr "Estableix l'estat:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Sets the status of the message. The status can be Replied To, Draft, "
+"Important, Read, or Junk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:53
+#
+msgid "Unset Status:"
+msgstr "Desfés la definició de l'estat:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:54
+msgid ""
+"If the message has a status value, unsets it. If a status value is not set, "
+"it does nothing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:56
+#
+msgid "Beep:"
+msgstr "So:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:57
+msgid "Makes the system beep."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:59
+#
+msgid "Play Sound:"
+msgstr "Reprodueix un so:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:60
+msgid "Select a sound file for Evolution to play."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:62
+#
+msgid "Run Program:"
+msgstr "Executa el programa:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:63
+msgid "Evolution runs an application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:65 C/mail-filters-conditions.page:36
+#
+msgid "Pipe to Program:"
+msgstr "Envia la sortida al programa:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:66
+msgid ""
+"Sends the message to an application of your choice. No return value is "
+"expected. This feature can be used to create automatic Web postings from "
+"email messages or to perform additional message post processing not "
+"supported by Evolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:68
+#
+msgid "Forward to:"
+msgstr "Reenvia a:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-actions.page:69
+msgid "Forwards the message to another email address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:5
+msgid "Available conditions for setting up filtering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:23
+msgid "Available Filter conditions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:33
+#
+msgid "Source Account:"
+msgstr "Compte origen:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Filters messages according the server you got them from. This is most useful "
+"if you use multiple POP mail accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Evolution can use an external command to process a message, then process it "
+"based on the return value. Commands used in this way must return an integer. "
+"This is most commonly used to add an external junk mail filter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:39
+#
+msgid "Junk Test:"
+msgstr "Prova de correu brossa:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Filters based on the results of the <link xref=\"mail-spam\">junk mail</"
+"link> test."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:42 C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:36
+#
+msgid "Match All:"
+msgstr "Coincideix amb tot:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:43
+msgid ""
+"Applies an action always to any message, without further conditions. This "
+"could be useful at the end of the list of message filters to cover those "
+"emails that did not match any conditions for the preceding filters in the "
+"list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:5
+msgid ""
+"Fix problems with mail filters that do not sort and organize mail as "
+"expected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:25
+msgid "Mail filters are not working"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:28
+msgid "Order of Filters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:29
+msgid ""
+"The order of filters is very important. They are applied to the original "
+"message in sequence, like a recipe."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:30
+msgid ""
+"If your first filter has a <gui>Stop Processing</gui> rule, then all "
+"messages that match this filter will ignore all succeeding filters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:31 C/mail-filters.page:46
+msgid ""
+"When you move a message to another folder, \"moving\" actually means "
+"appending a copy of the message to the destination folder and marking the "
+"original message for deletion. So any subsequent filter rules will be "
+"applied to the original message that is now marked for deletion. Therefore "
+"moving a message should usually appear last in a sequence of filter rules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:32
+msgid ""
+"To check the rules and their order of an existing filter, review its actions "
+"in the <gui>Then</gui> section by <link xref=\"mail-filters#editing"
+"\">editing the filter</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:36
+msgid "Using Several Mail Clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Another thing you have to keep in mind is that filters depend on the \"new\" "
+"flag that is set on the server when a particular email message is initially "
+"fetched from the server. If you use another email client aside from "
+"Evolution, your filters may not work automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:41
+msgid "Logging Filter Actions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:42
+msgid ""
+"If it is still unclear why filters do not work as expected, you can enable "
+"logging filter actions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:44
+msgid "Close Evolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:45 C/mail-localized-re-subjects.page:24
+#: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:27 C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:39
+msgid "Open the <app>Terminal</app> application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Run the command <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail filters-log-"
+"actions true</cmd>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Run the command <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail filters-log-file "
+"\"/home/myusername/my-filter-log\"</cmd> and replace <cmd>myusername</cmd> "
+"by your username. This will create a text file named <file>my-filter-log</"
+"file> in your home directory. Note that the absolute path to the file name "
+"must be entered; a syntax like <sys>~</sys> or <sys>$HOME</sys> will not "
+"work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:49
+msgid "Fetch mail to apply filters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Open the file <file>my-filter-log</file> with a text editor to see which "
+"filter actions have been applied."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Note that you can disable filter logging again by using the command "
+"<cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail filters-log-actions false</cmd>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:55 C/mail-localized-re-subjects.page:27
+#: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:30
+msgid "You can also use the <app>dconf-editor</app> application to do this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-filters.page:5
+msgid "Use filter rules to sort your mail automatically into folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-filters.page:23
+msgid "Using Filters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-filters.page:25
+msgid ""
+"Message filters apply actions on messages based on conditions that you have "
+"defined. You can define filters for both incoming and outgoing emails."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-filters.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Filters will be automatically applied to incoming messages for local "
+"accounts (such as POP). Mail servers for remote accounts (such as IMAP) "
+"often already filter mail directly on the server as this is faster. If you "
+"want to apply your Evolution filters to remote accounts, you can enable this "
+"under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</"
+"gui><gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Receiving Options</"
+"gui><gui>Options</gui><gui>Apply filters to new messages in Inbox on this "
+"server</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-filters.page:29
+msgid ""
+"To manually apply filters on messages in a folder, select the messages and "
+"click <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Apply Filters</gui></guiseq> or press "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Y</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-filters.page:33
+msgid "Creating a Filter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Message Filters</gui></guiseq>, or click "
+"<guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Create Rule</gui></guiseq> and select the "
+"criterion the filter will be based on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters.page:37 C/mail-search-folders-add.page:27
+msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters.page:38 C/mail-search-folders-add.page:28
+msgid "Enter a name in the <gui>Rule name</gui> field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters.page:39 C/mail-search-folders-add.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Define the conditions for the rule. For each condition, you first select "
+"which part of the message will be checked and then define the comparison."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters.page:39
+msgid ""
+"For more information on the available conditions see <link xref=\"mail-"
+"filters-conditions\">Available Filter conditions</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters.page:40 C/mail-search-folders-add.page:30
+msgid ""
+"If you want to define multiple conditions, define under <gui>Find items</"
+"gui> if any or if all conditions have to apply, and click <gui style=\"button"
+"\">Add Condition</gui> and repeat the previous step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters.page:42
+msgid "Select the Actions for the Filter in the <gui>Then</gui> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters.page:42
+msgid ""
+"For more information on the available actions see <link xref=\"mail-filters-"
+"actions\">Available Filter actions</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-filters.page:44
+msgid ""
+"The order of filters is important. Filters are applied to the original "
+"message in sequence, like a recipe."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-filters.page:45
+msgid ""
+"If your first filter has a <gui>Stop Processing</gui> rule, then all the "
+"email messages that match this filter will ignore all the succeeding filters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters.page:49
+msgid ""
+"If you want to define multiple actions, click <gui style=\"button\">Add "
+"Action</gui> and repeat the previous step. For example, if you want no other "
+"existing filters to be applied choose <gui>Stop Processing</gui> as the "
+"second action in the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-filters.page:56
+msgid "Editing Filters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters.page:58 C/mail-filters.page:68
+msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Message Filters</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters.page:59 C/mail-filters.page:69
+msgid "Select the filter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters.page:61
+msgid ""
+"Make the desired corrections, then click <gui style=\"button\">OK</gui> "
+"twice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-filters.page:66
+msgid "Deleting Filters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-filters.page:70
+msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Remove</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-folders.page:5
+msgid "Use folders to organize your mail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-folders.page:28
+msgid "Using Folders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-folders.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Evolution, like most mail systems, uses folders to store email messages. You "
+"start out with a few mail folders such as the Inbox, Outbox, and Drafts. You "
+"can, however, create more folders if required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-folders.page:33
+#
+msgid "Creating A Folder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-folders.page:34
+msgid "To create a folder:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-folders.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Click on <gui>Folder</gui> and select <gui>New</gui>. You can also right-"
+"click anywhere on the folder list and select the <gui>New Folder</gui> "
+"option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-folders.page:37
+msgid "Specify the name and the location of the folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-folders.page:38
+msgid "Click on the <gui>Create</gui> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-folders.page:40
+msgid ""
+"The new folder will be shown in the folder view. You can then move messages "
+"into the folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-folders.page:43
+msgid ""
+"The Inbox folders on most IMAP servers cannot contain both messages and "
+"subfolders. When creating additional folders on your IMAP mail server, "
+"branch the folders from the root of the IMAP account and not from the Inbox. "
+"Creating subfolders in your Inbox may prevent you from reading messages that "
+"exist in the Inbox. If this happens, move the folders to the IMAP account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-folders.page:49
+msgid "Moving Messages to New Folders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-folders.page:50
+msgid ""
+"You can move messages into folders by using one of the following methods:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-folders.page:52
+msgid "Drag and drop the messages into the folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-folders.page:53
+msgid ""
+"Right-click on the message and select the <gui>Move to Folder</gui> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-folders.page:54
+msgid ""
+"Select a message and press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</"
+"key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-folders.page:55
+msgid ""
+"Select a message and click on <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Move to Folder</"
+"gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-folders.page:58
+msgid "The steps for copying are similar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-folders.page:60
+msgid ""
+"Moving files can be done automatically by setting up <link xref=\"mail-"
+"filters\">filters</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:5
+msgid "Using flags to remind you of actions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:23
+msgid "Follow up flags for emails"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:25
+msgid ""
+"To make sure you do not forget about a message, you can use the follow-up "
+"feature."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:27
+msgid "Select one or more messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:28
+msgid "Right-click one of the messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:29
+msgid "Click <gui>Mark for Follow Up…</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:31
+msgid ""
+"You can also do this by selecting the message(s) and clicking "
+"<guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Mark as</gui><gui>Follow Up…</gui></guiseq> "
+"or by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>G</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:33
+msgid "A window opens to allow you to set the type of flag and the due date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:35
+msgid ""
+"The flag itself is the action you want to remind yourself about, such as "
+"Call, Forward and Reply."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:37
+msgid ""
+"After you have added a flag, you can mark it as complete or remove it "
+"entirely by right-clicking the message and clicking either <gui>Flag "
+"Completed</gui> or <gui>Clear Flag</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:39
+msgid ""
+"When you read a flagged message, its flag status is displayed at the top, "
+"before the message headers. An overdue message might tell you \"Overdue: "
+"Call by April 07, 2012, 5:00 PM.\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:41
+msgid ""
+"Flags can help you organize your work in a number of ways. For example, you "
+"might <link xref=\"mail-change-columns-in-message-list\">add a Flag Status "
+"column</link> to your message list and sort that way. Alternately, you could "
+"create a <link xref=\"mail-search-folders\">search folder</link> that "
+"displays all your flagged messages, then clear the flags when you're done, "
+"so the search folder contains only messages with upcoming deadlines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:43
+msgid ""
+"If you prefer a simpler way to remind yourself about messages, you can mark "
+"them as important by right-clicking the message, then click <gui>Mark as "
+"Important</gui>, or by selecting <guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Mark as</"
+"gui><gui>Important</gui></guiseq> from the menubar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:5
+msgid "IMAP folder subscriptions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:25
+msgid "IMAP Subscriptions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:27
+msgid ""
+"As opening many IMAP folders on the server takes time you can define which "
+"IMAP folders to check and display in Evolution, and which ones to ignore for "
+"the time being, via the <gui>IMAP Subscriptions Manager</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Select <guiseq><gui>Folder</gui><gui>Subscriptions</gui></guiseq>, or right-"
+"click on the top level node of an email account in the folder list and click "
+"<gui>Manage subscriptions</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:30 C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have accounts on multiple servers, select the server where you want "
+"to manage your subscriptions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Evolution displays a list of files and folders available on the IMAP server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:32
+msgid "Select a file or folder by clicking it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:33
+msgid ""
+"You should select at least the Inbox folder. Depending upon the way your "
+"IMAP server is configured, the list of available files might include non-"
+"mail folders. If it does, you can ignore them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:34
+msgid "Click a folder's checkbox to add a folder to your subscriptions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-labels.page:5
+msgid "Use labels to categorize your mail while keeping it in their folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-labels.page:21
+msgid "Using Labels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-labels.page:23
+msgid ""
+"You can add colored labels to emails in order to categorize them. This is "
+"similar to <link xref=\"using-categories\">Categories</link> in the other "
+"Evolution windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-labels.page:25
+msgid ""
+"You can search for messages with specific labels by using the <link xref="
+"\"mail-searching\">quick search dropdown</link>. Also, <link xref=\"mail-"
+"search-folders\">search folders</link> can be created based on labels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-labels.page:29
+msgid "Adding a label to a message"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-labels.page:30
+msgid ""
+"To assign a label to a message, right-click the message, click <gui>Label</"
+"gui>, and choose the label to apply."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-labels.page:31
+msgid "You can also quickly add a new label by choosing <gui>New Label</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-labels.page:35
+msgid "Managing labels"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-labels.page:36
+msgid ""
+"You can add, edit and delete all labels under <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
+"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Preferences</gui><gui>Labels</gui></"
+"guiseq>. Note that you cannot remove the default labels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-layout-changing.page:5
+msgid ""
+"Changing the display of the mail window (message list columns and "
+"widescreen)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-layout-changing.page:20
+msgid "Changing the mail window layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-localized-re-subjects.page:5
+msgid "Avoid long subject lines due to translated \"Re:\" prefixes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-localized-re-subjects.page:19
+msgid "Handling localized \"Re:\" in subjects"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-localized-re-subjects.page:21
+msgid ""
+"Traditionally a \"Re:\" prefix is added to a subject line when replying to "
+"an email. Some email applications use localized terms for this (like \"SV:\" "
+"in Danish or \"AW: in German). <app>Evolution</app> can recognize these "
+"terms to avoid subject lines getting longer as the conversation continues."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-localized-re-subjects.page:25
+msgid ""
+"Run the command <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail composer-"
+"localized-re 'AW,SV'</cmd> (in case that you want \"AW:\" and \"SV:\" to be "
+"recognized)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-moving-emails.page:5
+msgid "Moving emails from one folder to another."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-moving-emails.page:24
+msgid "Moved emails are still shown in the original folder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-moving-emails.page:26
+msgid ""
+"If your IMAP mail server does not yet support <link href=\"http://tools.ietf.";
+"org/html/rfc6851\">IMAP's \"move\" feature</link> which was introduced in "
+"January 2013, Evolution \"moves\" messages by copying and deleting emails. "
+"Deleting means \"marking messages for deletion\" so all the original "
+"messages are retained until you expunge the emails marked for deletion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-moving-emails.page:28
+msgid ""
+"See the topic on <link xref=\"mail-delete-and-undelete\">deleting emails</"
+"link> for instructions on how to expunge email messages. Note that this "
+"applies to other types of accounts as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-not-sent.page:5
+msgid "Possible reasons why emails are not sent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-not-sent.page:20
+msgid "Mail is not sent"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-not-sent.page:22
+msgid "There can be several reasons why emails are not sent:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-not-sent.page:25
+msgid ""
+"Invalid email address. Check if all the addresses listed as mail recipients "
+"are correct. If the message contains a wrong or invalid email address, the "
+"message will not be sent."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-not-sent.page:26
+msgid ""
+"Incorrect SMTP settings. Verify if the settings used for outgoing messages "
+"is correct. Using the incorrect server address or authentication method may "
+"prevent emails from being sent"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-not-sent.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Offline status. Evolution may be offline. Check on the <gui style=\"button"
+"\">Send and Receive</gui> button; if it is greyed out, then you are offline. "
+"To go online, go to <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Work online</gui></guiseq>. "
+"You should now be able to use the <gui style=\"button\">Send and Receive</"
+"gui> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-organizing.page:5
+msgid "On folders, sorting, searching, filters, search folders, and labels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-organizing.page:21
+msgid "Sorting and organizing mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-organizing.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Evolution provides several options to organize your mail according to your "
+"needs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-organizing.page:26
+#
+msgid "Advanced Options"
+msgstr "Opcions avançades"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:5
+msgid "Keyboard shortcuts that can save you some time when reading mail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24
+msgid "Using shortcut keys to read mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:27
+msgid "Viewing an email"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:28
+msgid ""
+"In the Mail window you read a message by selecting it in the message list. "
+"If you would like to see the message in its own window, either double-click "
+"it, press <key>Enter</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>O</key></"
+"keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32
+msgid "Marking a message as read or unread"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:33
+msgid ""
+"To mark the currently selected message as read, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+"key><key>K</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:34
+msgid ""
+"To mark the currently selected message as unread, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</"
+"key><key>Shift</key><key>K</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38
+msgid "Navigating in a message"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:39
+msgid ""
+"To read mail with the keyboard, you can press the <key>Spacebar</key> to "
+"page down and press <key>Backspace</key> to page up while reading an email. "
+"Ensure that you use the keys when the message list is focused."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:43
+msgid "Navigating in a folder in the message list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:44
+msgid "Navigate in the message list by using the arrow keys on the keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48
+msgid "Navigating in a folder's unread mail in the message list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:49
+msgid ""
+"To go to the next or previous unread messages, press the period (<key>.</"
+"key>) or comma (<key>,</key>) keys. On some keyboards, these keys are also "
+"marked with the <key>></key> and <key><</key> symbols, which is a "
+"convenient way to remember that they move you forward and backward in your "
+"message list. You can also use the right square bracket (<key>]</key>) for "
+"the next unread message, and the left square bracket (<key>[</key>) for the "
+"previous unread message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:53
+msgid "Navigating in unread mail across folders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:55
+msgid ""
+"You can easily read the unread messages in all the mail folders by using the "
+"<key>Spacebar</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:57
+msgid ""
+"When you are in the Mail window, the Spacebar has the following behavior:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:59
+msgid ""
+"When you press the Spacebar for the first time, it takes you to the next "
+"unread message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60
+msgid ""
+"If the message is more than one screen long, the Spacebar works as <key>Page "
+"Down</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:61
+msgid ""
+"If you press the Spacebar after you reach the bottom of the page, it takes "
+"you to the next unread message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:62
+msgid ""
+"If there are no more unread messages in the mailbox, pressing the Spacebar "
+"takes you to the next unread message in the next folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-reading-keyboard-shortcuts.page:63
+msgid ""
+"If new messages arrive in a number of folders, the Spacebar toggles between "
+"those folders. This feature allows you to switch to the next unread message "
+"in a different folder without clicking the folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-read-receipts.page:5
+msgid "How to enable requesting read receipts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-read-receipts.page:32
+msgid "Read receipts for emails"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-read-receipts.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Read receipts are a way for people to acknowledge that they have received "
+"your email. The recipient can normally choose whether to acknowledge the "
+"receipt or not, so they are not a completely reliable way of checking if "
+"your emails have been received by someone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-read-receipts.page:36
+msgid ""
+"You can request read receipts by enabling this option in the email "
+"composer's menu. To do so, go to <guiseq><gui>Options</gui><gui>Request Read "
+"Receipt</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-read-receipts.page:38
+msgid ""
+"For read receipts that you receive you can define Evolution's behavior by "
+"going to <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</"
+"gui><gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Defaults</gui><gui>Message "
+"Receipts</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/mail-received-notification.page:25
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='./figures/new-mail-switcher.png' "
+"md5='be4dbdb5f6e3dcbd5111b87169cae268'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#: C/mail-received-notification.page:31
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid ""
+"external ref='./figures/new-mail-notification.png' "
+"md5='979052fce0d164644cdeda1c20c06e28'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-received-notification.page:5
+msgid "Options on notifications of newly received mail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-received-notification.page:21
+msgid "Getting notified of new mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-received-notification.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Evolution always notifies you of new messages by adding a yellow star to the "
+"mailer icon in the window <link xref=\"change-switcher-appearance"
+"\">switcher</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media/p
+#: C/mail-received-notification.page:26 C/mail-received-notification.page:32
+msgid "Switcher layout when a new message has arrived"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-received-notification.page:29
+msgid ""
+"In order to also be notified of new messages in the GNOME Notification area "
+"at the bottom of the screen, make sure that <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
+"gui><gui>Plugins</gui><gui>Mail Notification</gui></guiseq> is enabled and "
+"that you have set your preferred options in the <gui>Configuration</gui> tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:5
+msgid "Receiving options for Exchange Web Services accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:25
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:25
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:28
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:25
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:25
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:25
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:32
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:25
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:25
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:28
+msgid ""
+"On the <gui>Receiving Email</gui> page (accessible via <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
+"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui style=\"button"
+"\">Edit</gui><gui>Receiving Email</gui></guiseq>):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:28
+msgid "Enter your username for that server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Either manually enter the Host URL and OAB URL, or click <gui style=\"button"
+"\">Fetch URL</gui> which will ask you for your password and then try to "
+"automatically fill in the values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:30
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:30
+msgid ""
+"If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your "
+"system administrator for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:31
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:31
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:34
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:38
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Select your authentication type in the Authentication list, or click <gui "
+"style=\"button\">Check for Supported Types</gui> to have Evolution check for "
+"supported authentication mechanisms. Some servers do not announce the "
+"authentication mechanisms they support, so clicking this button is not a "
+"guarantee that available mechanisms actually work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:37
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:39
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:41
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:34
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:34
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:34
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:45
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:34
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:34
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:41
+#
+msgid "Receiving Options"
+msgstr "Opcions de recepció"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:39
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:41
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:43
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:36
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:36
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:36
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:47
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:36
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:36
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:43
+msgid ""
+"On the <gui>Receiving Options</gui> page (accessible via <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
+"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui style=\"button"
+"\">Edit</gui><gui>Receiving Options</gui></guiseq>):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:42
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:44
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:46
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:39
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:39
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:39
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:50
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:39
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:46
+msgid ""
+"If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the "
+"<gui>Check for new messages every … minutes</gui> option and select the "
+"frequency in minutes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:43
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:45
+msgid ""
+"You can also define if Evolution checks for new messages in all folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:44
+msgid ""
+"If you would like to have a copy of the address book on the server for "
+"offline access to it, enable <gui>Cache offline address book</gui> and click "
+"<gui style=\"button\">Fetch list</gui>. Afterwards, select the address book "
+"from the available options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:45
+msgid ""
+"If you want <link xref=\"mail-filters\">Filters</link> to be automatically "
+"used for new messages in your inbox, enable <gui>Apply filters to new "
+"messages in Inbox on this server</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:5
+msgid "Receiving options for Exchange MAPI accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:28
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:31
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:35
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Enter the address of the email server in the <gui>Server</gui> field and "
+"enter your username for that server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:29
+msgid "Enter the Domain name for that server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:32
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:32
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:36
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:32
+msgid "Select if you want to use a secure connection (SSL or TLS)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:33
+msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Authenticate</gui> and enter your password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:5
+msgid "Receiving options for IMAP+ accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:32
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:36
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:32
+msgid "You should enable this option if your server supports it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:33
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:37
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:33
+#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Free webmail providers often supply information about which of these options "
+"can be used. If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to "
+"contact your system administrator for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:35
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:39
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:35
+msgid "Select if you want Evolution to remember your password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:47
+msgid ""
+"Select \"Use Quick Resync\" if the IMAP server supports <link href=\"http://";
+"tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5162\">IMAP4 Extensions for Quick Mailbox "
+"Resynchronization</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:48
+msgid ""
+"You can also define if Evolution checks for new messages in all folders, or "
+"only in subscribed folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:49
+msgid ""
+"Select if you want Evolution to use custom commands to connect to the IMAP "
+"server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:50
+msgid ""
+"Select if you want Evolution to show only <link xref=\"mail-imap-"
+"subscriptions\">subscribed folders</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Select if you want Evolution to override server-supplied folder namespaces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:5
+msgid "Receiving options for Local delivery accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:28
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Choose the file by clicking on the button next to <gui>File</gui> in the "
+"<gui>Configuration</gui> section. This will open a file chooser window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:5
+msgid "Receiving options for Maildir-format mail directories accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:28
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Choose the directory by clicking on the button next to <gui>Path</gui> in "
+"the <gui>Configuration</gui> section. Some default folders are available in "
+"the list. If the directory is not among those folders, choose the last "
+"option <gui>Other...</gui>. This will open a directory chooser window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:40
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:39
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:40
+msgid ""
+"If you want <link xref=\"mail-filters\">Filters</link> to be automatically "
+"used for new messages in your inbox, enable <gui>Apply filters to new "
+"messages in INBOX</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:5
+msgid "Receiving options for MH-format mail directories accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-receiving-options.page:5
+msgid "Available mail receiving options for several server types."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-receiving-options.page:18
+msgid "Mail Receiving Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-receiving-options.page:21
+msgid "Mail receiving options for common server types"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-receiving-options.page:24
+msgid "Mail receiving options for corporate server types"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-receiving-options.page:27
+msgid "Mail receiving options for local account server types"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:5
+msgid "Receiving options for POP accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:51
+msgid ""
+"If you want the messages to remain on the server for a period of time, click "
+"the <gui>Leave messages on server</gui> option and the <gui>Delete after ... "
+"days</gui> option and select the number of days to allow messages to remain "
+"on the server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:52
+msgid ""
+"The option <gui>Disable support for all POP3 extensions</gui> is only useful "
+"when accessing old or misconfigured mail servers. <link href=\"https://tools.";
+"ietf.org/html/rfc2449\">POP3 extensions</link> provide enhanced "
+"functionality, however only some servers support them. In case of problems "
+"with receiving mail, enabling this setting might help."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:5
+msgid "Receiving options for standard Unix mbox spool directory accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Choose the directory by clicking on the button next to <gui>Path</gui> in "
+"the <gui>Configuration</gui> section. Some default folders are available in "
+"the list. If the directory is not among those folders, choose the last "
+"option <gui>Other…</gui>. This will open a directory chooser window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:5
+msgid "Receiving options for standard Unix mbox spool file accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:5
+msgid "Receiving options for Usenet news accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:47
+msgid "Select if you want to show folders in short notation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:48
+msgid "For example, comp.os.linux would appear as c.o.linux."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:49
+msgid ""
+"Select if you want to show relative folder names in the <link xref=\"mail-"
+"imap-subscriptions\">subscriptions window</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:50
+msgid ""
+"If you select to show relative folder names, only the name of the folder is "
+"displayed. For example the folder evolution.mail would appear as evolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page:5
+msgid "Which thread-related headers are recognized by Evolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page:20
+msgid "Thread related headers recognized by Evolution"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page:22
+msgid "Evolution supports the following headers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page:24
+#
+msgid "References"
+msgstr "Referències"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page:25
+#
+msgid "In-Reply-To"
+msgstr "En resposta a"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-recognized-thread-related-headers.page:29
+msgid ""
+"<gui>Thread-*</gui> headers are Microsoft's proprietary headers and not "
+"supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-refresh-folders.page:5
+msgid "Ways to update your Evolution folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-refresh-folders.page:20
+msgid "Updating/refreshing the folders on the mail server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-refresh-folders.page:22
+msgid ""
+"To make sure that your local email folders are updated, go to "
+"<guiseq><gui>Folder</gui><gui>Refresh</gui></guiseq>. This will ensure that "
+"all of your emails have been downloaded from the mail server onto your "
+"computer so that you can read them all, and that the read status is synced "
+"with the mail server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-refresh-folders.page:24
+msgid ""
+"You can also double-click on the folder name to refresh it, or press "
+"<key>F5</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:5
+msgid "Converting emails into PDF files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:20
+msgid "Save messages as PDF"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:22
+msgid ""
+"In order to save emails in the PDF file format, select <guiseq><gui>File</"
+"gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq> and then choose <gui>Print to File</gui>. See "
+"<link xref=\"help:gnome-help/printing\" href=\"https://help.gnome.org/users/";
+"gnome-help/stable/printing\">the desktop help</link> for general information "
+"on printing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:25
+msgid ""
+"You can also export messages as PDF by dragging and dropping them to the "
+"file manager, instead of dropping them in mbox (text) format by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Run the command <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail drag-and-drop-"
+"save-file-format 'pdf'</cmd>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:5
+#
+msgid "Setting up a search folder."
+msgstr "Configurant la carpeta de cerca."
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:23
+msgid "Creating A Search Folder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:26
+msgid ""
+"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Search Folders</gui></guiseq>, or click "
+"<guiseq><gui>Message</gui><gui>Create Rule</gui></guiseq> and select the "
+"criterion the search folder will be based on, or if you have run a search, "
+"click <guiseq><gui>Search</gui><gui>Create Search Folder From Search…</gui></"
+"guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:29
+msgid ""
+"For more information on the available conditions see <link xref=\"mail-"
+"search-folders-conditions\">Available Search Folder conditions</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:31
+msgid ""
+"Select which folders will be used for the search folder in the section "
+"<gui>Search Folder Sources</gui>. Options are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:33
+#
+msgid "All local folders:"
+msgstr "Totes les carpetes locals:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Uses all local folders for the search folder source in addition to "
+"individual folders that are selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:36
+#
+msgid "All active remote folders:"
+msgstr "Totes les carpetes remotes actives:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Remote folders are considered active if you are connected to the server; you "
+"must be connected to your mail server for the search folder to include any "
+"messages from that source in addition to individual folders that are "
+"selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:39
+#
+msgid "All local and active remote folders:"
+msgstr "Totes les carpetes locals i remotes actives:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Uses all local and active remote folders for the search folder source in "
+"addition to individual folders that are selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:42
+msgid "Specific folders only:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:43
+msgid ""
+"Uses individual folders for the search folder source. In this case, click "
+"the <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui> to select folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:5
+msgid "Available conditions for setting up search folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:23
+msgid "Available Search folder conditions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:33
+#
+msgid "Message Location:"
+msgstr "Ubicació del missatge:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:34
+msgid "Checks whether the message is located in a specific folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Note that by default, Evolution's <gui>Trash</gui> and <gui>Junk</gui> "
+"folders are <link xref=\"mail-search-folders\">Search folders</link> so they "
+"cannot be selected here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:37
+msgid ""
+"Applies an action always to any message, without further conditions. This "
+"could be useful at the end of the list of search folders to cover those "
+"emails that did not match any conditions for the preceding search folders in "
+"the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-search-folders-enable.page:5
+msgid "Activate search folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-search-folders-enable.page:20
+msgid "Enable the Search Folders Functionality"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-search-folders-enable.page:22
+msgid ""
+"In the unlikely case that there is no <gui>Search folders</gui> top-level "
+"node displayed at the bottom of the <link xref=\"intro-main-window#e-mail"
+"\">mail folder list</link> you have to enable <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
+"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui>Search Folders</gui></"
+"guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-search-folders.page:5
+msgid ""
+"Use search folders to see messages in one folder while still keeping them in "
+"their original folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-search-folders.page:22
+msgid "Using Search folders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-search-folders.page:24
+msgid ""
+"If <link xref=\"mail-filters\">filters</link> are not flexible enough, or "
+"you find yourself performing the same <link xref=\"mail-searching\">search</"
+"link> again and again, consider a search folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-search-folders.page:26
+msgid ""
+"A search folder looks like a <link xref=\"mail-folders\">folder</link>, it "
+"acts like a <link xref=\"mail-searching\">search</link>, and you set it up "
+"like a <link xref=\"mail-filters\">filter</link>. While a conventional "
+"folder actually contains messages, a search folder is a view of messages "
+"that might be in several different folders. The messages it contains are "
+"determined on the fly using a set of criteria that you have chosen when "
+"setting up the search folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-search-folders.page:28
+msgid ""
+"Evolution automatically updates the search folder contents when new messages "
+"are received or message are deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-search-folders.page:30
+msgid ""
+"The <gui>Unmatched</gui> search folder is the opposite of other search "
+"folders: it displays all messages that do not appear in other search folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-search-folders.page:32
+msgid ""
+"If you use remote email storage like IMAP, and have created search folders "
+"to search through them, the <gui>Unmatched</gui> search folder also searches "
+"the remote folders. If you do not create any search folders that search "
+"remote mail stores, the <gui>Unmatched</gui> search folder does not search "
+"in them either."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-search-folders-refresh.page:5
+msgid "Ways of updating Search folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-search-folders-refresh.page:24
+msgid "Updating/refreshing Search folders"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-search-folders-refresh.page:26
+msgid ""
+"It might happen that one of your Search folders has not updated since some "
+"new email arrived or since an email was deleted, for example. This will mean "
+"that the list of emails in the folder is not up-to-date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-search-folders-refresh.page:28
+msgid ""
+"You can get an updated view of the search folder either by switching to "
+"another folder and then back again, or by right-clicking on the search "
+"folder and choosing <gui>Refresh</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-searching-attachment-type.page:5
+msgid "Unfortunately this is not possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-searching-attachment-type.page:21
+msgid "Searching for emails with a specific attachment type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-searching-attachment-type.page:23
+msgid ""
+"There currently is no way to do search for emails with a specific type of "
+"attachment (for example searching for all emails that have a PDF attachment)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-searching.page:5
+msgid "Searching messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-searching.page:28
+msgid "Searching Mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-searching.page:31
+msgid "Searching in a Single Message"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-searching.page:32
+msgid ""
+"To find text in the displayed message, select <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
+"gui><gui>Find in Message…</gui></guiseq> from the main menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-searching.page:36
+msgid "Searching Across Messages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-searching.page:40
+msgid ""
+"In the mail view, you can quickly search for messages by defining conditions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-searching.page:42
+msgid "Click on the search icon <_:media-1/> to expand the drop-down list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-searching.page:44
+msgid "Select the scope from the drop-down list right to the text box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-searching.page:45
+msgid ""
+"For the <gui>Current Account</gui> scope, the term \"account\" refers to top-"
+"level nodes in the <link xref=\"intro-main-window#e-mail\"> mail folder "
+"list</link>, like \"On this computer\" and remote mail accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-searching.page:48 C/memos-searching.page:46
+#: C/memos-searching.page:52 C/tasks-searching.page:46
+#: C/tasks-searching.page:52
+msgid "Evolution displays the search results."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-searching.page:50
+msgid ""
+"If you start directly from the fourth step, text will be searched in mail's "
+"subjects and addresses and scope will be \"Current folder\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-searching.page:51
+msgid ""
+"If you search for messages that are not in the same folder rather often you "
+"might want to create a search folder instead; see <link xref=\"mail-search-"
+"folders\">Using Search Folders</link> for more detail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-send-and-receive-automatically.page:5
+msgid "Check automatically and regularly for new received mail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-send-and-receive-automatically.page:20
+msgid "Automatically check for new mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-send-and-receive-automatically.page:21
+msgid ""
+"If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, enable the "
+"option <gui>Check for new messages every … minutes</gui> in the "
+"<gui>Receiving Options</gui> page of the mail account settings (accessible "
+"via <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</"
+"gui><gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Receiving Options</gui></guiseq>) "
+"and select the frequency in minutes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-send-and-receive-automatically.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Evolution supports <link href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IMAP_IDLE";
+"\">IMAP IDLE</link> on the currently selected folder and partially supports "
+"the <link href=\"http://tools.ietf.org/search/rfc5465\";>IMAP NOTIFY</link> "
+"extension."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:5
+msgid "Force sending and receiving emails."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:20
+msgid "Manually send and receive messages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:21
+msgid ""
+"To receive new messages from the mail server and to send messages you have "
+"written that are in the local Outbox, click the <gui style=\"button\">Send / "
+"Receive</gui> button in the toolbar, or press <key>F12</key>, or choose "
+"<guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Send / Receive</gui></guiseq> from the main menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:22
+msgid ""
+"To send and receive only for one of your mail accounts, or to only send or "
+"only receive, click the small down-arrow next to the <gui style=\"button"
+"\">Send / Receive</gui> button and choose the corresponding option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:23
+msgid ""
+"If you just want to send messages which are in your Outbox, you can right-"
+"click on the Outbox and click <gui>Flush Outbox</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-send-and-receive.page:5
+msgid "On receiving mail and sending written emails."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-send-and-receive.page:20
+msgid "Sending and receiving mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-send-and-receive.page:22
+msgid ""
+"This section refers to receiving mail and sending written emails. For "
+"writing a new message, please refer to the <link xref=\"index#mail-composing"
+"\">Composing mail</link> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:5
+msgid "Sending options for SMTP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:29
+msgid ""
+"Enter the address of your mail server for sending mail in the <gui>Server</"
+"gui> field and select if the server requires authentication (entering a "
+"username and a password)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:32
+msgid ""
+"If the server requires authentication, you need to provide the following "
+"information:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:34
+msgid ""
+"Select the authentication type in the Authentication list, or click "
+"<gui>Check for Supported Types</gui> to have Evolution check. Some servers "
+"do not support this, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that "
+"available mechanisms actually work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-several-pop-accounts.page:5
+msgid "How to split and sort mail when using more than one local account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-several-pop-accounts.page:22
+msgid "Separating POP mail for more than one account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-several-pop-accounts.page:24
+msgid ""
+"It is not possible to have separate accounts in the accounts and folder list "
+"pane. Evolution only has one unique inbox for incoming email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-several-pop-accounts.page:25
+msgid ""
+"You can either use IMAP instead of POP, or move incoming emails into "
+"different folders by <link xref=\"mail-folders\">creating folders</link> and "
+"<link xref=\"mail-filters\">creating filters</link>: Create a new folder and "
+"create two subfolders (for incoming and for sent mail of that account). Now "
+"set up an incoming filter via <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Message Filters…</"
+"gui><gui style=\"button\">Add</gui></guiseq> to move incoming mail to the "
+"incoming folder by filtering on the recipient's address and set up an "
+"outgoing filter to move outgoing mail to the sent folder by filtering on the "
+"sender's address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:5
+msgid "Sorting the message list of a mail folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:28
+msgid "Sorting the message list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Evolution lets you organize your emails by letting you sort messages in the "
+"<link xref=\"intro-main-window#e-mail\">message list</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:33
+msgid "Sorting Mail in Email Threads"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:34
+msgid ""
+"You can use a threaded message view to sort emails. To enable this feature, "
+"click on <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Group By Threads</gui></guiseq> or "
+"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:35
+msgid ""
+"This feature, when enabled, groups replies with the original email and "
+"allows you to follow the flow of the conversation from one message to the "
+"next."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:36
+msgid ""
+"When a new message arrives, it will be added below the parent message. "
+"Threads are sorted and displayed based on the date of the most recent "
+"message received."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:37
+msgid ""
+"For Advanced Users: There is a GSettings key that allows you to toggle "
+"between the collapsed and expanded state of the email threads. The collapsed "
+"state is enabled by default. It can be changed by starting the "
+"<app>Terminal</app> application and running the command <cmd>gsettings set "
+"org.gnome.evolution.mail thread-expand true</cmd>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:40
+msgid ""
+"Run the command <cmd>gsettings set org.gnome.desktop.interface can-change-"
+"accels true</cmd>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:46
+msgid "Sorting Mail with Column Headers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:47
+msgid ""
+"The message list displays columns that indicate whether a message has been "
+"read, whether it has attachments, how important the message is, the sender, "
+"date, and the subject. To change the columns used in the message list, you "
+"can do one of the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:49
+msgid "Drag and drop the column header bars"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:50
+msgid "Right-click on the header."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:51
+msgid ""
+"Select the <gui>Remove This Column</gui> or <gui>Add a Column</gui> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:54
+msgid ""
+"Evolution allows you to sort your messages using these columns. Just click "
+"on the column label to sort the emails. The direction of the arrow next to "
+"the label indicates the direction of the sort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:58
+msgid "Using Other Sorting Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:59
+msgid ""
+"Evolution provides other ways for sorting email messages. You can use Sort "
+"By, Sort Ascending, Sort Descending, or Unsort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:61
+#
+msgid "Sort By"
+msgstr "Ordena per"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:62
+msgid "You can also sort email messages using the <gui>Sort By</gui> list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:64 C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:94
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:103 C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:112
+msgid "Right-click on the message list column headers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:65
+msgid "Select the <gui>Sort By</gui> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:65
+msgid "This brings up this list of criteria for sorting email messages:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:67
+#
+msgid "Subject - Trimmed"
+msgstr "Assumpte - retallat"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:68
+#
+msgid "Labels"
+msgstr "Etiquetes"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:69
+#
+msgid "Recipients"
+msgstr "Destinataris"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:70
+#
+msgid "Sender"
+msgstr "Remitent"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:71
+#
+msgid "Location"
+msgstr "Ubicació"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:72
+#
+msgid "Due By"
+msgstr "Venciment"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:73
+msgid "<link xref=\"mail-follow-up-flag\">Follow Up Flag</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:74
+#
+msgid "Flag Status"
+msgstr "Estat del senyalador"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:75
+#
+msgid "Size"
+msgstr "Mida"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:76
+#
+msgid "To"
+msgstr "A"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:77
+#
+msgid "Received"
+msgstr "Rebut"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:78
+#
+msgid "Date"
+msgstr "Data"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:79
+#
+msgid "Subject"
+msgstr "Assumpte"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:80
+#
+msgid "From"
+msgstr "De"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:81
+#
+msgid "Attachment"
+msgstr "Fitxer adjunt"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:82
+#
+msgid "Flagged"
+msgstr "Senyalat"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:83
+#
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "Estat"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:84
+#
+msgid "Custom"
+msgstr "Personalitzat"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:87
+msgid "Select the option you wish to use in sorting email messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:92
+#
+msgid "Sort Ascending"
+msgstr "Ordena de manera ascendent"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:95
+msgid "Select the <gui>Sort Ascending</gui> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:97
+msgid "The messages will be displayed with the most recent at the bottom."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:101
+#
+msgid "Sort Descending"
+msgstr "Ordena de forma descendent"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:104
+msgid "Select the <gui>Sort Descending</gui> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:106
+msgid "The messages will be displayed with the most recent at the top."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:110
+#
+msgid "Unsort"
+msgstr "Desordena"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:113
+msgid "Select the <gui>Unsort</gui> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:115
+msgid ""
+"This removes sorting from the column, reverting to the order of messages as "
+"they were added to the folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:5
+msgid "How to mark unwanted junk and spam mail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:30
+msgid "Marking Mail as Junk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:32
+msgid ""
+"While SpamAssassin comes with a set of predefined rules, Bogofilter needs to "
+"be taught first before it will automatically filter junk mail. If you only "
+"train Bogofilter on bad messages, it will assume all mail is bad (because it "
+"does not know any difference) hence it will not make any decisions until the "
+"database is sufficiently large to determine what is and is not spam. In any "
+"case, when you first start using junk mail blocking, check the <gui>Junk</"
+"gui> mail folder frequently to be sure that legitimate mail doesn't get "
+"flagged as junk mail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:35
+msgid "Manually Marking Junk Mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:36
+msgid ""
+"If Evolution misses junk mail, right-click the message, then click <gui>Mark "
+"as Junk</gui>, or mark the message and press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>J</"
+"key></keyseq> or click the <gui>Junk</gui> button in the tool bar. When you "
+"correct it, the filter can recognize similar messages in the future, and "
+"becomes more accurate as time goes on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-spam-marking.page:37
+msgid ""
+"If legitimate mail is incorrectly flagged, remove it from the <gui>Junk</"
+"gui> folder by right-clicking it and selecting <gui>Mark as Not Junk</gui> "
+"or pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>J</key></keyseq>, or "
+"mark the message and click the <gui>Not Junk</gui> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-spam.page:5
+msgid "How to automatically handle unwanted mail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-spam.page:20
+msgid "Junk and Spam Mail Handling"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:7
+msgid "How to set up handling unwanted junk/spam mail."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:36
+#
+msgid "Junk Mail Settings"
+msgstr "Paràmetres del correu brossa…"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:39
+#
+msgid "Tools"
+msgstr "Eines"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:40
+msgid ""
+"<app>Evolution</app> lets you check for unwanted junk or spam email by using "
+"the <app>Bogofilter</app> or <app>SpamAssassin</app> tools. To use these "
+"tools, you need to make sure that they are installed via the software "
+"management tool of your distribution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:43
+msgid ""
+"You might need to install <app>Bogofilter</app> or <app>SpamAssassin</app> "
+"to perform these steps."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:46
+msgid ""
+"<link action=\"install:bogofilter\" href=\"http://bogofilter.sourceforge.net/";
+"\" style=\"button\">Install bogofilter</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:47
+msgid ""
+"<link action=\"install:spamassassin\" href=\"http://spamassassin.apache.org/";
+"\" style=\"button\">Install spamassassin</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:52
+msgid ""
+"SpamAssassin works through a set of predefined rules, hence it can determine "
+"spam straight away. Bogofilter does not come with a default set of spam "
+"criteria so it will not automatically filter anything after installing it. "
+"You must <link xref=\"mail-spam-marking\">train it</link> first to make it "
+"work. You can modify the actions of SpamAssassin by training it as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:56
+msgid "Junk Mail Folder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:57
+msgid ""
+"Messages that are marked as junk (either manually by the user or "
+"automatically via SpamAssassin or Bogofilter) will be moved to the "
+"<gui>Junk</gui> mail folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:61
+msgid "Junk Mail Preferences"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:62
+msgid ""
+"The junk mail options discussed in this page refer only to POP and Local "
+"Delivery accounts. For handling junk mail on IMAP accounts, see the "
+"Evolution settings under <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</"
+"gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Receiving "
+"Options</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:63
+msgid ""
+"You can modify how Evolution handles junk mail by changing the Junk Mail "
+"Preferences:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:65
+msgid ""
+"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> or press "
+"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:66
+msgid "Select <gui>Mail Preferences</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:67
+msgid "Click on the <gui>Junk</gui> tab. Here, you can specify the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:69
+msgid "Checking incoming mail for junk messages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:70
+msgid ""
+"Deleting junk messages upon exit, and how often junk messages are to be "
+"deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:71
+msgid "Checking custom headers for junk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:72
+msgid "Marking messages as not junk if the sender is in the address book."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:73
+msgid "The default junk filter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:74
+msgid "Bogofilter and SpamAssassin options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-spam-settings.page:79
+msgid ""
+"For more information and specific Bogofilter or SpamAssassin configuration "
+"questions it is recommended to check out the Frequently Asked Questions for "
+"<link href=\"http://bogofilter.sourceforge.net/faq.shtml\";>Bogofilter</link> "
+"resp. <link href=\"http://wiki.apache.org/spamassassin/";
+"FrequentlyAskedQuestions\">SpamAssassin</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:5
+msgid "How to have only one trash or junk folder per account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:25
+msgid "Two Trash or Junk folders shown for the same account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:27
+msgid ""
+"If you use a remote mail account that also has Junk and/or Trash folders on "
+"the server you might face duplicated folders in Evolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:28
+msgid ""
+"You can easily tell the two Trash folders apart by looking at their icons. "
+"The Evolution <gui>Trash</gui> folder has a special icon whereas the other "
+"physical Trash folder looks like any other folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:30
+msgid ""
+"By default, Evolution's <gui>Trash</gui> and <gui>Junk</gui> folders are "
+"<link xref=\"mail-search-folders\">Search folders</link>. They do not really "
+"exist but simply display all the messages that are marked as junk or for "
+"deletion in any folders of that account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:32
+msgid ""
+"In order to only use the folders for Junk and Trash on the mail server, "
+"select the corresponding <gui>Use a Real Folder</gui> option under "
+"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Mail Accounts</gui><gui "
+"style=\"button\">Edit</gui><gui>Defaults</gui></guiseq>. In this case, "
+"Evolution's local virtual folders will not be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:5
+msgid "Subscribing to Usenet newsgroups."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:25
+msgid "Newsgroups Subscriptions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:27
+msgid ""
+"When you create a newsgroup account, you are not subscribed to any groups. "
+"To subscribe to a newsgroup:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:29
+msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Folder</gui><gui>Subscriptions</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:31
+msgid "Click a group's checkbox to add a folder to your subscriptions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:5
+msgid "Changing the mail view for widescreen displays."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:22
+#
+msgid "Vertical view"
+msgstr "Visualització vertical"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:24
+msgid ""
+"Evolution provides a vertical view in addition to the classical view. In the "
+"vertical view, the message preview pane is located at the right side of the "
+"message list when compared to the classical view where the message preview "
+"pane is placed below the message list. Vertical view enables you to use the "
+"extra width of wide screen monitors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:26
+msgid ""
+"To switch to vertical view, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Preview</"
+"gui><gui>Vertical View</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:28
+msgid ""
+"In vertical view, the message list contains double lines of compressed "
+"headers, which enables you to consume the extra width in the preview column. "
+"The compressed columns have Sender Name and Email, Attachment Icon, Date and "
+"Subject in the second line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-vertical-view.page:30
+msgid ""
+"To switch back to classical view, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Preview</"
+"gui><gui>Classical View</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-word-wrap.page:5
+msgid "Words are wrapped in outgoing mails at 72 characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-word-wrap.page:20
+msgid "Words are wrapped in outgoing mail at 72 characters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-word-wrap.page:22
+msgid ""
+"For better readability lines are wrapped after 72 characters. This value is "
+"hardcoded and cannot be changed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-word-wrap.page:23
+msgid ""
+"To avoid line breaks within a paragraph, mark the paragraph and choose "
+"<guiseq><gui>Format</gui><gui>Paragraph Style</gui><gui>Preformatted</gui></"
+"guiseq> in the mail composer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/mail-working-offline.page:5
+msgid "Work with your mail while not being connected to the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/mail-working-offline.page:23
+msgid "Working Offline"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-working-offline.page:25
+msgid ""
+"Forced offline mode helps you communicate with remote mail storage systems "
+"like GroupWise, IMAP or Exchange, in situations where you are not connected "
+"to the network at all times. Evolution keeps a local copy of one or more "
+"folders to allow you to compose messages, storing them in your Outbox to be "
+"sent the next time you connect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/mail-working-offline.page:27 C/offline.page:30
+msgid ""
+"Evolution's forced offline mode only refers to mail and does not apply to "
+"contacts and calendars."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/mail-working-offline.page:29
+msgid ""
+"POP mail downloads all messages to your local system, but other connections "
+"usually download just the headers, and get the rest only when you want to "
+"read the message. Before you force Evolution to be offline, Evolution "
+"downloads the unread messages from the folders you have chosen to store."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-working-offline.page:32
+msgid "Marking folders for offline usage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-working-offline.page:33
+msgid "To mark a mail folder for offline use,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-working-offline.page:35
+msgid "Right-click the folder, then click <gui>Properties</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/mail-working-offline.page:36
+msgid "Click <gui>Copy folder content locally for offline operation</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-working-offline.page:41
+msgid "Syncing messages for offline usage"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-working-offline.page:42
+msgid ""
+"Your connection status is shown by the small icon in the lower left corner "
+"of the Evolution main window. When you are online, it displays two connected "
+"cables. When you force offline mode via clicking the icon or via "
+"<guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Work Offline</gui></guiseq>, the cables "
+"separate. You will be asked whether you want to go offline immediately or "
+"synchronize folders locally before you go offline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-working-offline.page:43
+msgid ""
+"To download Messages for Offline Operations without immediately going "
+"offline, select <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Download Messages for Offline "
+"Usage</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/mail-working-offline.page:47
+msgid "Automatic Network State Handling"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/mail-working-offline.page:48
+msgid ""
+"Evolution automatically understands the network state and acts accordingly. "
+"For instance, Evolution switches to offline mode when the network goes down "
+"and automatically switches on when the network is up again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/memos-searching.page:5
+msgid "Searching memos."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/memos-searching.page:28
+msgid "Searching Memos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/memos-searching.page:31
+msgid "Searching in a Single Memo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/memos-searching.page:32
+msgid ""
+"To find text in the displayed memo, select <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Find "
+"in Memo…</gui></guiseq> from the main menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/memos-searching.page:36
+msgid "Searching Across Memos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/memos-searching.page:40
+msgid ""
+"In the Memos view, you can quickly search for memos either by summary or by "
+"category."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:5
+msgid "Adding a memo to your memo list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:23
+msgid "Adding a Memo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:26
+msgid ""
+"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Memo</gui></guiseq>, or "
+"press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>O</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:27
+msgid "Select a memo list in the <gui>List</gui> dropdown list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:28
+msgid "Enter the memo information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:32
+msgid ""
+"If you just want to quickly add a memo by entering a summary you can "
+"directly enter it in the list of memos."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:34
+msgid ""
+"You can also define a <link xref=\"using-categories\">category</link>, or a "
+"<link xref=\"calendar-classifications\">classification</link> for the memo, "
+"or add an attachment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:37
+msgid "Shared Memos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:39
+msgid ""
+"Shared Memos are like mail messages except they are scheduled for a "
+"particular day and appear on the calendar for that date. You can use shared "
+"memos to show vacations, holidays, pay days, birthdays, and so on. Posted "
+"shared memos are placed in your Calendar on the date you specify. They are "
+"not placed in your Mailbox or in any other user's Mailbox."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:41
+msgid "To send a Shared Memo,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:43
+msgid ""
+"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Shared Memo</gui></guiseq>, "
+"or press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:44
+msgid ""
+"Select the Organizer's account name from the drop-down list given next to "
+"the <gui>Organizer</gui> field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:45
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>To</gui> field, type a username, then press <key>Enter</key>. "
+"Repeat this for additional users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:46
+msgid ""
+"Select the task list (under <gui>List</gui>) in which you would like to "
+"create the entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:48
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Start Date</gui> field, type the date this shared memo should "
+"appear in the recipients' calendars."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/memos-usage-delete-memo.page:5
+msgid "Deleting a memo from your memo list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/memos-usage-delete-memo.page:20
+msgid "Deleting a Memo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/memos-usage-delete-memo.page:22
+msgid ""
+"If you want to delete a memo in your memo lists, right-click on the memo and "
+"select <gui>Delete</gui>, or click on the memo and click <gui>Delete</gui> "
+"in the tool bar, or click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Delete Memo</gui></"
+"guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:5
+msgid "Editing a memo in your memo list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:20
+msgid "Editing a Memo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:22
+msgid "If you want to change a memo that already exists in your memo lists,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:25
+msgid ""
+"Double-click on the memo that you want to edit in the list of memos, or "
+"right-click on the memo and click <gui>Open Memo</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:26
+msgid "Edit the memo information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/memos-usage.page:5
+msgid "On adding, editing, and deleting memos."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/memos-usage.page:20
+msgid "Add, Edit and Delete Memos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/memos-usage.page:22
+msgid ""
+"Currently there is no support for syncing memos with the <app>Tomboy</app> "
+"or <app>Gnote</app> applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/minimize-to-system-tray.page:5
+msgid "On minimizing Evolution to the notification area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/minimize-to-system-tray.page:25
+msgid "Minimizing Evolution to the system tray"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/minimize-to-system-tray.page:27
+msgid ""
+"GNOME, by default, has a <link xref=\"mail-received-notification"
+"\">notification area</link> which includes an applet that informs users of "
+"any system updates, changes, or events. This includes the arrival of email "
+"messages on Evolution. You can refer to this built-in feature of GNOME for "
+"any email notifications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/minimize-to-system-tray.page:29
+msgid ""
+"In GNOME version 2 you may modify the notification area and set it up to "
+"become a system tray by using external applications which might be available "
+"for installation in the software management tool of your distribution. "
+"Available options are for example <link href=\"http://code.google.com/p/";
+"tint2/\">Tint2</link>. This is no longer possible in GNOME 3."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/offline.page:5
+msgid "Make Evolution mail be online again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/offline.page:23
+msgid "Why is Evolution's mail offline when my net connection is working?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/offline.page:24
+msgid ""
+"You may have started Evolution with the <cmd>--offline</cmd> commandline "
+"option to enforce offline mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/offline.page:26
+msgid ""
+"If this is not the case and Evolution normally works but has suddenly "
+"stopped connecting to your mail accounts, you may have unintentionally "
+"clicked on the connection icon in the lower left corner. When connected, the "
+"icon resembles a pair of sockets joined together. If the sockets are open, "
+"there is no connection to your mail accounts (and the <gui style=\"button"
+"\">Send/Receive</gui> button is grayed out). Click on the icon to change its "
+"state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/offline.page:28
+msgid ""
+"If the problem persists and you are sure you have not clicked the icon, but "
+"you can still reach the network from other apps on your system (browsers, "
+"FTP, SSH, ping etc.) it may be that your network connection is not properly "
+"configured. For more information please take a look at the <link xref=\"help:"
+"gnome-help/net-problem\" href=\"https://help.gnome.org/users/gnome-help/";
+"stable/net-problem\">Desktop help</link> or seek help from your distribution "
+"support forums, mailing lists etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/organizing.page:5
+msgid "On organizing and finding your data in Evolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/organizing.page:18
+msgid "Sorting and organizing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:5
+msgid "How to provide good information when tracking down a problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:21
+msgid "How to track down a problem"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:23
+msgid ""
+"As a first hint, error messages will be either displayed in the statusbar or "
+"between the tool bar and the search bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:25
+msgid ""
+"To further track down a problem, some debug options are listed on the <link "
+"href=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/Evolution/Debugging\";>Evolution project "
+"website</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:27
+msgid ""
+"To contact the Evolution community for help, please see <link xref="
+"\"problems-getting-help\">How to get help</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/problems-getting-help.page:5
+msgid "How to get help for problems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/problems-getting-help.page:22
+msgid "How to get help"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/problems-getting-help.page:24
+msgid ""
+"To receive help on problems you can send an email to the <link href=\"http://";
+"mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/evolution-list\">Evolution mailing list</"
+"link> or talk to developers and other users in the IRC chat channel "
+"#evolution on the server irc.gimp.net. To connect to an IRC server you can "
+"for example <link xref=\"help:empathy/irc-manage\" href=\"https://help.gnome.";
+"org/users/empathy/stable/irc-manage\">use the internet messenger application "
+"<app>Empathy</app></link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:5
+msgid "How to report mistakes in the application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:21
+msgid "How to report bugs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:23
+msgid ""
+"If you do not need help for configuration but you are sure that you have "
+"found a mistake or wrong behavior in the Evolution software, or if you want "
+"to request a feature, you can file a report in the <link href=\"http://";
+"bugzilla.gnome.org\">GNOME bug tracking system</link>. Note that this "
+"requires registration first. Please try to avoid filing duplicates and check "
+"the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-writing.html";
+"\">bug writing guidelines</link> first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:23
+msgid ""
+"Also note that GNOME distributions sometimes introduce their own changes in "
+"Evolution that are not included in GNOME Evolution. This is hard to "
+"recognize for users but if you are aware of it please file a bug report in "
+"<link href=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Bugsquad/TriageGuide/";
+"NonGnome#Bug_trackers_for_distributions\">the bug tracker of your GNOME "
+"distribution</link> instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:25
+msgid ""
+"When reporting bugs exact information is welcome as it makes it easier for "
+"others to reproduce and fix the issue. If possible please include "
+"information such as the Evolution version (under <guiseq><gui>Help</"
+"gui><gui>About</gui></guiseq>), your distribution, and exact steps to "
+"reproduce the problem, click by click. See the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.";
+"gnome.org/page.cgi?id=bug-writing.html\">Bug Writing Guidelines</link> for "
+"more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/searching-items.page:5
+msgid "Searching content and data within <app>Evolution</app>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/searching-items.page:18
+msgid "Searching items"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:5
+msgid "Synchronize Evolution data with handheld devices and mobile phones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:20
+msgid "Synchronize <app>Evolution</app> with other devices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:22
+msgid "There are currently no \"recommended instructions\" for users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:24
+msgid ""
+"Many distributions provide the application <app><link href=\"http://";
+"syncevolution.org/\">SyncEvolution</link></app> that can be used in "
+"combination with devices that support <link href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/";
+"wiki/SyncML\">SyncML</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:26
+msgid ""
+"In general it is recommended to use applications and devices that both "
+"support the <link href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ActiveSync";
+"\">ActiveSync protocol</link> (such as <app>SyncEvolution</app>). A <link "
+"href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_collaborative_software\";>list "
+"of collaborative software</link> is available on Wikipedia."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:28
+msgid ""
+"If you can provide good practices or more information on this topic feel "
+"free to file a bug report in <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/";
+"enter_bug.cgi?product=evolution&component=User%20Documentation\">GNOME's "
+"bug tracking system</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/tasks-caldav.page:5
+msgid "Using an online CalDAV task list or memo list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/tasks-caldav.page:20
+msgid "Using a CalDAV task or memo list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/tasks-caldav.page:22 C/tasks-webdav.page:24
+msgid ""
+"To add such a task list or memo list to Evolution, perform the following "
+"steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tasks-caldav.page:24 C/tasks-local.page:24 C/tasks-webdav.page:26
+msgid ""
+"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Task List</gui></guiseq> or "
+"<guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Memo List</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tasks-caldav.page:28 C/tasks-webdav.page:30
+msgid "Choose if you want to be able to view the content also while offline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/tasks-caldav.page:35 C/tasks-local.page:31
+msgid "The task list will be added to the list of task lists in Evolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:5
+msgid "Options for displaying task completion and due dates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:23
+msgid "Displaying of tasks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:27
+msgid ""
+"The following task-related options are available under <guiseq><gui>Edit</"
+"gui><gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Calendar and Tasks</gui><gui>Tasks</gui></"
+"guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:31
+msgid "Tasks due today:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:32
+msgid "Select the color for tasks due today."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:33
+#
+msgid "Overdue tasks:"
+msgstr "Tasques vençudes:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:34
+msgid "Select the color for overdue tasks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:35
+#
+msgid "Hide completed tasks after:"
+msgstr "Amaga les tasques completades després de:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tasks-display-settings.page:36
+msgid ""
+"Select this option to have completed tasks hidden after a period of time "
+"measured in days, hours, or minutes. If you do not select this option, "
+"completed tasks remain in your task list, marked as complete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/tasks-local.page:5
+msgid "Adding another local task or memo list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/tasks-local.page:20
+msgid "Adding another local task or memo list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/tasks-local.page:22
+msgid ""
+"To add another local task list to Evolution, perform the following steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/tasks-organizing.page:5
+msgid "On task and memo lists, searching, and categories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/tasks-organizing.page:21
+msgid "Sorting and organizing tasks and memos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/tasks-searching.page:5
+msgid "Searching tasks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/tasks-searching.page:28
+msgid "Searching Tasks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/tasks-searching.page:31
+msgid "Searching in a Single Task"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tasks-searching.page:32
+msgid ""
+"To find text in the displayed task, select <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Find "
+"in Task…</gui></guiseq> from the main menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/tasks-searching.page:36
+msgid "Searching Across Tasks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tasks-searching.page:40
+msgid ""
+"In the Tasks view, you can quickly search for tasks either by summary or by "
+"category."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:5
+msgid "Adding a task to your task list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:23
+msgid "Adding a Task"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:26
+msgid ""
+"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</gui><gui>Task</gui></guiseq>, or "
+"press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>T</key></keyseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:27
+msgid "Select a task list in the <gui>List</gui> dropdown list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:28
+msgid "Enter the task information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:32
+msgid ""
+"If you just want to quickly add a task by entering a summary you can "
+"directly enter it in the list of tasks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:34
+msgid ""
+"You can also define a <link xref=\"calendar-timezones\">time zone</link>, a "
+"<link xref=\"using-categories\">category</link>, or a <link xref=\"calendar-"
+"classifications\">classification</link> for the task, or add an attachment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:37
+msgid "Assigned Tasks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:39
+msgid "Evolution can be used to assign a task to multiple people."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:40
+msgid ""
+"When you assign a task, you can specify the attendees in several categories, "
+"such as \"chair\" or \"required\". When you save the task, each attendee is "
+"sent an email with the task information, which also gives them the option to "
+"respond."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:41
+msgid ""
+"This is similar to <link xref=\"calendar-meetings-sending-invitation"
+"\">meetings</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:42
+msgid ""
+"To create an Assigned Task, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New</"
+"gui><gui>Assigned Task</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/tasks-usage-delete-task.page:5
+msgid "Deleting a task from your task list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/tasks-usage-delete-task.page:20
+msgid "Deleting a Task"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/tasks-usage-delete-task.page:22
+msgid ""
+"If you want to delete a task in your task lists, right-click on the task and "
+"select <gui>Delete</gui>, or click on the task and click <gui>Delete</gui> "
+"in the tool bar or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>D</key></keyseq>, or "
+"click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Delete Task</gui></guiseq>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:5
+msgid "Editing a task in your task list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:20
+msgid "Editing a Task"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:22
+msgid "If you want to change a task that already exists in your task lists,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:25
+msgid ""
+"Double-click on the task that you want to edit in the list of tasks, or "
+"right-click on the task and click <key>Open Task</key>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:26
+msgid "Edit the task information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/tasks-usage.page:5
+msgid "On adding, editing, and deleting tasks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/tasks-usage.page:20
+msgid "Add, Edit, and Delete Tasks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:5
+msgid "Adding and using more than one task list or memo list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:20
+msgid "Using several task lists or memo lists"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:22
+msgid ""
+"You can have multiple task or memo lists and choose which of your lists get "
+"displayed. For example, you might have tasks for work, tasks for home, and "
+"tasks for the singing club of which you are a member. The side bar shows "
+"these lists, and you can select or deselect any of the boxes next to them to "
+"show and hide the corresponding tasks or memos in your view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:24
+msgid "Tasks and memos from each task or memo list appear as different colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:26
+msgid ""
+"You can also use lists that are not on your computer, such as on the "
+"internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/tasks-webdav.page:5
+msgid "Using an online WebDAV task list or memo list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/tasks-webdav.page:20
+msgid "Using a WebDAV task or memo list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/tasks-webdav.page:22
+msgid "Lists of this type are read-only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/tasks-webdav.page:37
+msgid "The list will be added in Evolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#: C/using-categories.page:5
+msgid ""
+"Using and managing categories for appointments, contacts, memos and tasks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#: C/using-categories.page:25
+msgid "Using Categories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#: C/using-categories.page:27
+msgid ""
+"Another way to group contacts, appointments, tasks and memos (summarized by "
+"the term \"objects\" in the following text) is to mark them as belonging to "
+"different categories. You can mark an object as being in several categories "
+"or no category at all. For example in your address book, you put a friend in "
+"the \"Business\" category because he works with you and the \"Friends\" "
+"category because he is a friend."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#: C/using-categories.page:29
+msgid ""
+"To display only the objects in a particular category, select the "
+"corresponding category in the quick <link xref=\"searching-items\">search</"
+"link> bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/using-categories.page:32
+msgid "Setting categories for an object"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/using-categories.page:34
+msgid "To mark an object as belonging to a category,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/using-categories.page:36
+msgid "Double-click the object to bring up the corresponding editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/using-categories.page:37 C/using-categories.page:49
+msgid ""
+"Click <gui style=\"button\">Categories…</gui>. (If this button is not "
+"available, select <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Categories</gui></guiseq>.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/using-categories.page:38
+msgid ""
+"Select the category from the list. You can select as many or as few "
+"categories as you like."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/using-categories.page:44
+msgid "Adding and managing categories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/using-categories.page:46
+msgid ""
+"If the default list of categories does not suit your needs, you can add your "
+"own categories either directly via <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Available "
+"Categories</gui></guiseq>, or indirectly when editing an object:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/using-categories.page:48
+msgid "Double-click any object to bring up the corresponding editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/using-categories.page:50
+msgid "Enter the new category in the entry box at the top."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/using-categories.page:52
+msgid ""
+"You can now see the category in the <gui>Categories</gui> text field in the "
+"editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/using-categories.page:56
+msgid ""
+"In the <gui>Categories Editor</gui> you can edit or set the color and icon "
+"for each category available by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> at "
+"the bottom of the <gui>Categories</gui> window. Press <gui style=\"button"
+"\">Delete</gui> to delete categories from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:3
+#
+msgid "Sender:"
+msgstr "Remitent:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:4
+msgid "The sender's email address or the name of the sender."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:6
+#
+msgid "Recipients:"
+msgstr "Destinataris"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:7
+msgid "The recipients of the message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:9
+#
+msgid "CC:"
+msgstr "CC:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:10
+msgid "Only the CC recipients of the message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:12
+#
+msgid "BCC:"
+msgstr "CCO:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"Only the BCC recipients of the message. Obviously this can only be applied "
+"to outgoing filters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:15
+#
+msgid "Sender or Recipients:"
+msgstr "Remitent o destinataris:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"The sender's email address or the name of the sender or the recipients of "
+"the message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:18
+#
+msgid "Subject:"
+msgstr "Assumpte:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:19
+msgid "The subject line of the message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:21
+#
+msgid "Specific Header:"
+msgstr "Capçalera específica:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:22
+msgid "custom ones"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:22
+msgid "Any header including <_:link-1/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"If a message uses a header more than once, Evolution pays attention only to "
+"the first instance, even if the message defines the header differently the "
+"second time. For example, if a message declares the Resent-From: header as "
+"\"engineering example com\" and then restates it as \"marketing example com"
+"\", Evolution filters as though the second declaration did not occur. To "
+"filter on messages that use headers multiple times, use a regular expression."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:25
+#
+msgid "Message Body:"
+msgstr "Cos del missatge:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:26
+msgid "Searches in the actual text of the message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:28
+#
+msgid "Expression:"
+msgstr "Expressió:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:29
+#
+msgid "filters"
+msgstr "filtres"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"(For programmers only) Match a message according to an expression you write "
+"in the Scheme language used to define <_:link-1/> in Evolution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:31
+#
+msgid "Date sent:"
+msgstr "Data d'enviament:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"Filters messages according to the date on which they were sent. First, "
+"choose the conditions you want a message to meet, such as before a given "
+"time or after a given time. Then choose the time. The filter compares the "
+"message's time stamp to the system clock when the filter is run, or to a "
+"specific time and date you choose from a calendar. You can also have it look "
+"for a message within a range of time relative to the filter, such as two to "
+"four days ago."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:34
+#
+msgid "Date received:"
+msgstr "Data de recepció:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"This works the same way as the Date Sent option, except that it compares the "
+"time you received the message with the dates you specify."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:37
+#
+msgid "Label:"
+msgstr "Etiqueta:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:38
+#
+msgid "labels"
+msgstr "etiquetes"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Messages can have <_:link-1/> of Important, Work, Personal, To Do, or Later. "
+"You can set labels with other filters or manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:40
+#
+msgid "Score:"
+msgstr "Puntuació:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Sets the message score to any whole number greater than 0. You can have one "
+"filter set or change a message score, and then set up another filter to move "
+"the messages you have scored. A message score is not based on anything in "
+"particular: it is simply a number you can assign to messages so other "
+"filters can process them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:43
+#
+msgid "Size (kB):"
+msgstr "Mida (kB):"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:44
+msgid "Sorts based on the size of the message in kilobytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:46
+#
+msgid "Status:"
+msgstr "Estat:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"Filters according to the status of a message. The status can be Replied To, "
+"Draft, Important, Read, or Junk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:49
+#
+msgid "Follow Up:"
+msgstr "Seguiment:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:50
+msgid "flagged for follow-up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:50
+msgid "Checks whether the message is <_:link-1/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:52
+#
+msgid "Completed On:"
+msgstr "Completat el:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:55
+#
+msgid "Attachments:"
+msgstr "Fitxers adjunts:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:56
+msgid "Checks whether there is an attachment for the email."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:58
+#
+msgid "Mailing List:"
+msgstr "Llista de distribució:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"Filters based on the mailing list the message came from. This filter might "
+"miss messages from some list servers, because it checks for the X-BeenThere "
+"header, which is used to identify mailing lists or other redistributors of "
+"mail. Mail from list servers that do not set X-BeenThere properly are not be "
+"caught by these filters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:61
+#
+msgid "Regex Match:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/link
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:62
+#
+msgid "regex"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/cmd
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:62
+msgid "grep"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"(For programmers only) If you know your way around a <_:link-1/>, or regular "
+"expression, this option allows you to search for complex patterns of "
+"letters, so that you can find, for example, all words that start with a and "
+"end with m, and are between six and fifteen letters long, or all messages "
+"that declare a particular header twice. For information about how to use "
+"regular expressions, check the man page for the <_:cmd-2/> command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/xinclude-mail-account-identity.xml:4
+#
+msgid "Identity"
+msgstr "Identitat"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/xinclude-mail-account-identity.xml:5
+msgid "Here you define your name and your email address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/xinclude-mail-account-identity.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"Optionally you can make this account your default account (e.g. when writing "
+"emails), set a Reply-To email address (if you want replies to messages sent "
+"to a different address), and set an organization (the company where you "
+"work, or the organization you represent when you send email from this "
+"account)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#. (itstool) path: guiseq/gui
+#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:4 C/xinclude-searching.xml:6
+#
+msgid "Advanced Search"
+msgstr "Cerca avançada"
+
+#. (itstool) path: guiseq/gui
+#. (itstool) path: p/gui
+#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:6 C/xinclude-searching.xml:15
+#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:21 C/xinclude-searching.xml:27
+#
+msgid "Search"
+msgstr "Cerca"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:6
+msgid "Select the <_:guiseq-1/> menu to open the dialog box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/gui
+#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:7
+msgid "Add Condition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:7
+msgid "Click <_:gui-1/> to add any number of rules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"Select the condition from the dropdown list, and then type a search entry in "
+"the field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/gui
+#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:9 C/xinclude-searching.xml:21
+#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:30
+#
+msgid "OK"
+msgstr "D'acord"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:9
+msgid "Click <_:gui-1/> to get the search results displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:14
+msgid "Clearing the Search results"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/gui
+#. (itstool) path: guiseq/gui
+#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:15
+#
+msgid "Clear"
+msgstr "Neteja"
+
+#. (itstool) path: keyseq/key
+#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:15
+#
+msgid "Shift"
+msgstr "Maj"
+
+#. (itstool) path: keyseq/key
+#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:15
+#
+msgid "Ctrl"
+msgstr "Control"
+
+#. (itstool) path: keyseq/key
+#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:15
+#
+msgid "Q"
+msgstr "Q"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"To clear your search view and get back to the default view, click the <_:"
+"gui-1/> icon in the search string field, or choose <_:guiseq-2/> from the "
+"menubar. You can also press <_:keyseq-3/> to clear the search."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:19
+#
+msgid "Saved Searches"
+msgstr "Cerques desades"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"If you search for something rather often, you will prefer not to type it "
+"many times. In this case you can use saved searches."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/gui
+#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:21
+#
+msgid "Save"
+msgstr "Desa"
+
+#. (itstool) path: guiseq/gui
+#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:21
+#
+msgid "Save Search"
+msgstr "Desa la cerca"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"To save your search results, either click <_:gui-1/> instead of <_:gui-2/> "
+"in the Search dialog, or in case the search results are already displayed, "
+"select <_:guiseq-3/>. From now on this search will be directly available "
+"from the <_:gui-4/> menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:25
+msgid "Editing a Saved Search"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: guiseq/gui
+#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:27
+#
+msgid "Edit Saved Searches"
+msgstr "_Edita les cerques desades..."
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:27
+msgid "Select <_:guiseq-1/> from the menu bar to open the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/gui
+#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:28
+#
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr "Edita"
+
+#. (itstool) path: p/gui
+#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:28
+#
+msgid "Edit Rule"
+msgstr "Edita la regla"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:28
+msgid "Click the <_:gui-1/> button to open the <_:gui-2/> window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:29
+msgid "Edit the title or search conditions from the dialog box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#: C/xinclude-searching.xml:30
+msgid "Click <_:gui-1/>."
+msgstr ""
[
Date Prev][
Date Next] [
Thread Prev][
Thread Next]
[
Thread Index]
[
Date Index]
[
Author Index]
